Upload
others
View
4
Download
0
Embed Size (px)
Citation preview
More than safety. More than safety.
096
956-
08-0
8/11
Sub
ject
to te
chni
cal m
odifi
catio
ns w
ithou
t not
ice,
no
liabi
lity
will
be a
ssum
ed fo
r any
det
ail.
© E
UCH
NER
Gm
bH +
Co.
KG
· TA
EUCHNER GmbH + Co. KGKohlhammerstraße 16
70771 Leinfelden-Echterdingen
Germany
Tel. +49-(0)711-7597- 0
Fax +49-(0)711-753316
www.euchner.com
Safety Switches with Plastic Housing
2
Quality, reliability, precision
Quality, reliability and precision are thehallmarks of our corporate philosophy.They represent concepts and valuesto which we feel totally committed. At EUCHNER, quality means that allour employees take personal respon-sibility for the company as a wholeand, in particular, for their own field ofwork. This individual commitment toperfection results in products whichare ideally tailored to the customers’needs and the requirements of themarket. After all: our customers andtheir needs are the focus of all ourefforts. Through efficient and effectiveuse of resources, the promotion ofpersonal initiative and courage in find-ing unusual solutions to the benefit ofour customers, we ensure a high levelof customer satisfaction. We familiar-ize ourselves with their needs, require-ments and products and we learnfrom the experiences of our cus-tomers’ own customers.
EUCHNER – More than safety.
Quality – made by EUCHNER
More than safety.Around the world – the Swabianspecialists in motion sequencecontrol for mechanical and sys-tems engineering.
EUCHNER’s history began in 1940 withthe establishment of an engineeringoffice by Emil Euchner. Since thattime, EUCHNER has been involved inthe design and development of switch-gear for controlling a wide variety ofmotion sequences in mechanical andsystems engineering. In 1953, EmilEuchner founded EUCHNER + Co., amilestone in the company’s history. In1952, he developed the first multiplelimit switch – to this day a symbol ofthe enterprising spirit of this family-owned company.
Automation – Safety – ManMachine
Today, our products range fromelectromechanical and electroniccomponents to complex system solu-tions. With this wide range of productswe can provide the necessary tech-nologies to offer the right solution forspecial requirements – regardless ofwhether these relate to reliable andprecise positioning or to componentsand systems for safety engineering inthe automation sector.EUCHNER products are sold through aworld-wide sales network of compe-tent partners. With our closeness tothe customer and the guarantee ofreliable solutions throughout theglobe, we enjoy the confidence of cus-tomers all over the world.
Emil Euchner, the company’s founder andinventor of the multiple
limit switch, circa 1928.
Safety
3
Contents
096956-08-08/11
General 4About this catalog 4How can I find the right safety switch? 4Standards and approvals 5Function and technology used in safety switches 5
Safety Switches with Safety Function, Plastic Housing 13Safety switch NM 13
Safety Switches with Separate Actuator, Plastic Housing 21Safety switches NM..VZ 21Safety switches NP 25Safety switches GP 31Safety switches SGP 35Safety switches SGA, metal housing 39Safety switches TP with guard locking and guard lock monitoring 43Safety switches STP with guard locking and guard lock monitoring 61Safety switches STA with guard locking and guard lock monitoring, metal housing 75Safety switches STM with guard locking and guard lock monitoring 81
Safety Switches with Guard Locking Pin, Plastic Housing 83Safety switch TK with guard locking (without protection against unintentional closing) 83
Accessories for Safety Switches 87Actuators 88Insertion funnels/adapters 97Mounting plates 98Plug connectors 100Cable glands/LED displays 104Miscellaneous accessories 105Bolts for safety guards 108
Technical Data 117
Rope Pull Switches, Plastic Housing 148General 148Rope pull switch RPS 151Accessories for rope pull switches 155Technical data 158
Appendix 160Safety and mounting instructions 160Overview of the most important standards on machine safety 161Glossary 164
Item Index 170Index by item designation 170Index by order numbers 175
Safety Switches with Plastic Housing
4
General
Subject to technical modifications; no responsibility is accepted for the accuracy of this information.
Safety Switches with Separate Actuator, Plastic Housing
Subject to technical modifications; no responsibility is accepted for the accuracy of this information.44
Safety switch TP with guard locking and guard lock monitoring� Mechanical release on the front� Without door monitoring contact� Increased horizontal overtravel
Dimension drawing
Wiring diagrams Actuator inserted and locked
Approach directionHorizontal and verticalCan be adjusted in 90° stepsIncreased overtravel for horizontalapproach direction.
Mechanical releaseIs used for releasing the guard locking with theaid of a tool. The mechanical release is sealedwith sealing lacquer to prevent tampering.
Solenoid operating voltage� AC/DC 24 V +10%, -15%� AC 110 V +10%, -15%� AC 230 V +10%, -15%
LED function display (optional)A function display (2 LEDs, red and green) isavailable for the following voltage ranges:� AC/DC 24 V +10%, -15%
Guard locking typesTP1 Closed-circuit current principle, guard locking
by spring force. Release by applying voltageto the interlocking solenoid.
TP2 Open-circuit current principle, guard lockingby applying voltage to the interlockingsolenoid. Release by spring force.
Switching elements� 528 Slow-action switching element 1 NC + 1 NO� 538 Slow-action switching element 2 NC �2121 Slow-action switching element 4 NC �4131 Slow-action switching element 2 NC + 2 NO
Cable entry M20 x 1.5
For cable glands see page 104
Ordering table
Series ConnectionGuard Switching
VersionSolenoid operating voltage
locking element AC/DC 24 V AC 110 V AC 230 V528 084295 084300 084304
1 NC + 1 NO TP1-528A024M TP1-528A110M TP1-528A230M528 024L 094058
- -1 NC + 1 NO LED display AC/DC 24 V TP1-528A024L024M
1 538 084310 084315 084320Mechanical 2 NC TP1-538A024M TP1-538A110M TP1-538A230M
538 024L 093459- -
M2 NC LED display AC/DC 24 V TP1-538A024L024M
TP Cable entry4131 084115 084116 084117
3 x M20 x 1.52 NC + 2 NO TP1-4131A024M TP1-4131A110M TP1-4131A230M
528 084325 084330 0843321 NC + 1 NO TP2-528A024M TP2-528A110M TP2-528A230M
538 084333 084334 0843352 2 NC TP2-538A024M TP2-538A110M TP2-538A230M
Electrical 2121 096528- -
4 NC TP2-2121A024M4131 084125 084126 084128
2 NC + 2 NO TP2-4131A024M TP2-4131A110M TP2-4131A230M1) with cable entry M, DC 24 V / AC 110 V
For switching functions see technical data on page 131
2121
11122122
31 32
41 42
11 12
21 22
31324142
E1E2
2121
21
221112
11 12
21 22
538
LED
E1E2
KL1
KL2
LEDs optional
RD
KL3
KL4GN
538
21
221314
13 14
21 22
528
LED
E1E2
KL1
KL2
LEDs optional
RD
KL3
KL4GN
528
4131
13142122
33 34
41 42
13 14
21 22
33344142
E1E2
4131(without doormonitoringcontact)
h
35
3,5
30
40
144
192
22
16
43
8,5
3,5
31
M20
x1,5
(3x)
42
16v
Insertiondepth
Insertion depth
Locking screw
Mechanical release
For M5 > 35 mmISO 1207 (DIN 84)ISO 4762 (DIN 912)
LED display (optional)
Please orderactuator separately(see pages 90-93)
Safety Switches with Separate Actuator, Plastic Housing
43
Selection table for safety switches TP with guard locking and guard lock monitoring
ReleaseDoor monitoring Overtravel Connection Page
featureHE FE TP1/2 TP3/4 TP5/6 A K M SR6 SM8 SR11 BHA12 RC18� � � � 44� � � � � 45� � � � 46� � � � � 47� � � � 48 - 51� � � � � 52� � � � 53� � � � 54� � � � � 55
� � � � 56� � � � � � 57� � � � � 58� � � � � 59
Release featureHE Mechanical release on the front
FE Escape release on the rear side
Door monitoringTP1/2 Without door monitoring contact
TP3/4 With door monitoring contactTP5/6 With door unlock request contact
OvertravelA Increased horizontal overtravel
K Increased horizontal and vertical overtravel
ConnectionM Thread M20x1.5 for cable glands
SR6 Plug connector; 6-pin+PE
SM8Plug connector M12;8-pin
SR11Plug connector;11-pin+PE
BHA12Plug connector;12-pin
Plug con-
RC18nector;18-pin. +PE
3
Contents
Technical Status 07-04/11
General 4About this catalog 4How can I find the right safety switch? 4Standards and approvals 5Function and technology used in safety switches 5
Safety Switches with Safety Function, Plastic Housing 13Safety switch NM 13
Safety Switches with Separate Actuator, Plastic Housing 21Safety switches NM..VZ 21Safety switches NP 25Safety switches GP 31Safety switches SGP 35Safety switches SGA, metal housing 39Safety switches TP with guard locking and guard lock monitoring 43Safety switches STP with guard locking and guard lock monitoring 61Safety switches STA with guard locking and guard lock monitoring, metal housing 75Safety switches STM with guard locking and guard lock monitoring 81
Safety Switches with Guard Locking Pin, Plastic Housing 83Safety switch TK with guard locking (without protection against unintentional closing) 83
Accessories for Safety Switches 87Actuators 88Insertion funnels/adapters 97Mounting plates 98Plug connectors 100Cable glands/LED displays 104Miscellaneous accessories 105Bolts for safety guards 108
Technical Data 117
Rope Pull Switches, Plastic Housing 148General 148Rope pull switch RPS 151Accessories for rope pull switches 155Technical data 158
Appendix 160Safety and mounting instructions 160Overview of the most important standards on machine safety 161Glossary 164
Item Index 170Index by item designation 170Index by order numbers 175
Safety Switches with Plastic Housing
Find switch
Do youknow the order number
or the itemdesignation?
No
Yes
Select the required seriesin the
table of contents
General overview
required product features in theRefine selection by selecting the
each new seriesselection table at the start of
Series overview
Find the required safetyswitch in the item index
and select in theordering table
Select the requiredsafety switch in theordering table
Detailed overview
About this catalog
The Safety Switches with Plastic Housing catalog gives you an overviewof our safety switches and our rope pull switches. For numerousapplications these switches are the right choice due to their economyand flexibility. You will find the technical data after the product overview.There is a reference to the page with the related technical data on thepages listing the products.
At the front of the catalog you will find useful information on the topic ofsafety switches. We have prepared an overview of the standards anda glossary on this topic in the appendix. You will also find importantsafety instructions in the appendix.
1) Switch interchangeable with the SGP; in metal housing 2) Switch interchangeable with the STP; in metal housing
How can I find the right switch?
There are two ways you can find the right switch:
� If you know the order number or the product designation, look forthe switch directly in the item index (see page 170 or page 175).
� If you have specific requirements, refine the selection step-by-stepwith the aid of the table of contents and the selection tables.
You will find the following series and accessories in this catalog:
Safety switches with plastic housing
Withsafety
function
NM
Acces-sories
Without guard lockingWith guard lockingand guard locking
monitoring
With safety function
seepage 13
seepage 21
seepage 151
Ropepull
switch
NM..VZ
seepage 31
GP
seepage 25
NP
seepage 43
TP
seepage 81
STM
seepage 61
STP
seepage 83
TK
seepage 87
RPS
seepage 35
SGP
seepage 75
STA 2)
seepage 39
SGA 1)
5
General
Subject to technical modifications; no responsibility is accepted for the accuracy of this information.
Standards and approvals
StandardsSafety switches must meet the requirements for safety components asper the Machinery Directive. The Machinery Directive has beenimplemented in national law in the EU member states and, as a result,is binding for all manufacturers.Detailed requirements for the switches are defined in EN 60947 Part 5-1(Specification for low-voltage switchgear and controlgear. Part 5 1: Control circuitdevices and switching elements. Electromechanical control circuit devices).If the requirements of this standard are met, conformity with the applicablelaws and therefore with the Machinery Directive is assumed. EUCHNERsafety switches comply with the relevant standards for safety switchgearand therefore help you to comply with safety requirements during thedesign of your machinery.
ApprovalsTo demonstrate conformity, the Machinery Directive also includes thepossibility of type examination. Although all relevant standards are takeninto account during development, we have all our safety switchessubjected to additional type examinations by a notified body.Many of the safety switches listed in this catalog have been tested by the GermanSocial Accident Insurance association (DGUV), formerly the employers’ liabilityinsurance association (BG), and are given in the lists from the DGUV.Furthermore, numerous switches are listed by Underwriters Laboratories(UL) or other organizations. These switches can be used in countries inwhich this listing is required. The approval symbols on the individualpages of the catalog indicate which body tested the switches.With the aid of the approval symbols listed below you can quickly seewhich approvals are available for the related switches:
Function and technology used in safety switches
The task of safety switchesSafety switches have the task of preventing the operation of a machinein the case of a potential hazard. This task is defined in EN 1088 (Safetyof machinery. Interlocking devices associated with guards. Principlesfor design and selection). For this purpose the safety circuit must beopened by the safety switch. Safety switches are therefore key elementsof an interlocking device.In this context an interlocking device is, for example, the interruptionof machine operation if the safety door is open - the stop state of themachine is "interlocked" so to speak and unintentional starting is thereforeprevented. In relation to movable safety guards this means that if safetydoors or safety flaps are open, the machine or system cannot beoperated if the machine or system poses a hazard. For this reason thesafety switch for a safety guard must be attached such that a malfunctionis excluded. Safety switches must also not be tampered with or bypassed.The most important feature of a safety switch is at least one NC contactwhich is operated positively. The switching contacts are separatedpositively when the safety guard is opened.
Safety switch typesIn general, a differentiation is made between safety switches with safetyfunction and safety switches with separate actuator.
EUCHNER has safety switches with safety function and safety switcheswith separate actuator in its range.
Safety switches with safety functionSafety switches with safety function are safety switches in which theactuating element and the switch are fitted in one housing. The actuatingelements are available in various versions (e.g. in the form of a plungeror a lever arm).To actuate a switch with safety function, trip dogs or cams are often used.The switch must be attached such that the switch is actuated if thesafety guard is opened. The positively driven contact in the switchingelement is opened and the machine is shut down. A built-in spring in theswitch returns the switch to the free position when the safety guard isclosed and the positively driven contact is closed. In this way the safetycircuit is enabled again.A trip dog with a defined slope should be used to approach the switch.EUCHNER has various trip dogs in its range.
With safety function With separate actuatorSwitches with this symbol are approved byUnderwriters Laboratories (UL, Canada andUSA)
Switches with this symbol have the approvalof the German Social Accident Insuranceassociation (DGUV) – formerly the employers’liability insurance association (BG)
6
General
Subject to technical modifications; no responsibility is accepted for the accuracy of this information.
Safety switches with separate actuatorOn safety switches with separate actuator, the actuating element isseparate to the switch and is attached to the moving part of the safetyguard to be monitored. The actuating elements are available in variousversions to suit the safety guard that is to be monitored.This catalog contains series NM.VZ, NP, GP, TP, STP and STM switchesthat are used in combination with separate actuating elements.The function of these switches is, apart from the actuating element,identical to the switches with safety function.
Actuating elements for switches with separate actuatorThe safety switches NM.VZ, NP, GP, TP, STA, SGP, STP and STM canonly be actuated using a special actuating element with multiple coding.The coding is a type of lock and key principle. This means that thesafety switch can only be actuated using an actuating element ofa specific shape. Unlike a conventional key, the actuating elements fora switch series are always the same shape.
Trip dog
Safety switch with separate actuator with domed plunger
The positively driven contact in the switching element is closed byinserting the actuating element in the switch head. The positively drivencontact is reliably opened by the positive application of force when theactuating element is removed - even if the contacts are welded together.In the open state, the machinery or systems are then safely interlockedagainst starting.Straight actuators and hinged actuators are available for a wide rangeof applications in which hinged and sliding doors are used. Hingedactuators are spring-mounted actuators that adjust to the inner contoursof the switch on insertion in the actuating head. They are suitable forsmall hinged doors with a radius from 90 mm. For sliding doors andhinged doors with an adequately large pivoting radius, a straight actuatorcan be used.
Straight actuator Hinged actuator
If increased play is required when the door is closed, an actuator withovertravel is available. With this actuator the door can move slightly in theactuating direction when closed. This is important, for example, if safetydoors have a rubber end stop. Using an actuator with overtravel, thecontinuous pressure from the compressed rubber can be reduced. In thisway the load is reduced on the switch head and the door mechanism.
Switching elementsDifferent switching elements are available for the switches offered inthe catalog:
1 contact switching elements2 contact switching elements with two independent switching elements3 contact switching elements with three independent switching elements4 contact switching elements with four independent switching elements
Only one switching element is fitted in each case in switches of theseries NM, NP, GP, TP, STP, SGP, STP and TK. Two switching elementsare fitted to all series STM safety switches. In this case one of theswitching elements is used to monitor the door position (SK) and theother is used to monitor the position of the interlocking solenoid (ÜK).Switching elements are divided into two types as a function of theirswitching behavior:
Slow-action switching elements andSnap-action switching elements
Slow-action switching elementSlow-action switching elements are mostly used in safety switches.The opening of the switching element is directly dependent on the positionof the actuator. The further the actuator is moved, the further the switchingelement is opened. The actuator travel is therefore directly proportionalto the travel covered by the switching contact in the switching element.From the travel diagrams it can be seen at which point the switchingelement changes from the closed state to the open state.
4 contact switching element
Switchingelement 3
Switchingelement 4
Switchingelement 2
Switchingelement 1
Travel diagramSlow-action switching element
11-1
221
-22
0
1
2
3
4
6
5
mm
Free positionEnd position
Contactsclosed
Contactsopen
Contactspositively opened
7
General
Subject to technical modifications; no responsibility is accepted for the accuracy of this information.
Snap-action switching elementOn snap-action switching elements, the change from the completelyclosed state to the completely open state is made at a defined point.As a result the switching point is at a defined position unlike on slow-action contact elements. Snap-action switching elements typically havea switching hysteresis. No snap-action switching elements are availablefor the safety switches in this catalog.
Positively driven contacts Positively driven contacts are used in the switching elements. These arespecial switching elements that are designed to ensure the switchingcontacts are always reliably separated. Even if contacts are weldedtogether, the connection is opened by the actuating force.It is a common feature of all safety switching elements that at least oneswitching element is designed as a positively driven contact. Often twopositively driven contacts are employed to increase safety using theprinciple of duplicated design (redundancy). This dual-channel designensures that on the failure of one channel or on a fault in the controlcircuit (e.g. in the machine wiring), the interlocking can still be providedwith the aid of the second channel.
Explanation of symbols and notationSymbols and specific notation related to the switches or the switchingelement are used time and again in the catalog.The following example is intended to explain these aspects:
Notation1 NC + 1 NO
ExplanationNormally closed contacts are represented by NC, normally open contacts by NO.The number defines how many contacts are available. The symbol after the NCdefines that the normally closed contact is a positively driven contact. Thisswitch therefore has one normally closed contact and one normally open contact;the normally closed contact is a positively driven contact.
Safety contactsIf contacts fulfill safety tasks, positively driven contacts must be used.These contacts are referred to as safety contacts.
Auxiliary contactsDoor monitoring contact and solenoid monitoring contactIn addition to the safety contacts, auxiliary contacts are also required,for example, to indicate the position of the solenoid to the control system,or to indicate whether the safety guard is open. If these contacts do nothave any safety function, either NC or NO contacts can be used.
Guiding the actuator in a C rail
Lockout barTo prevent the unintentional closing of a safety guard, lockout bars areavailable for switches with separate actuator. The lockout bar is insertedin the safety switch instead of the actuator when the safety guard isopen. The lockout bar can then be secured with commercially availablepadlocks (up to three locks) to protect against removal.
Door unlock request contactA special feature of the TP series is the door unlock request contact.When the actuator is in the locked state, positively driven contact 21-22is opened by pulling the safety guard and a signal sent to the higherlevel PLC. Depending on the control concept, the safety guard can beunlocked automatically – when machine components which were stillrunning have stopped.
Protection against tamperingA safety switch can only ensure that operation is free of hazards if it is notbypassed. To prevent tampering on switches with separate actuator,the actuator must be positively mounted on the safety guard. All actuatingelements are supplied with safety screws that can be fastened usingcommonly available tools, but that can only be undone with extreme difficulty.It should be ensured that the screws cannot be undone with simple tools.Increased protection against bypassing can be achieved by using a coveredinstallation. In this way it can be made more difficult to insert replacementactuators, or this action can be prevented. Suitable for this purpose,for instance, are rear wall mounting or guiding the actuator in a C rail.Switches with safety function can be installed covered so that the actuatingelement cannot be reached.
This feature guarantees protection for anyone (e.g. maintenance or servicepersonnel, or cleaning staff) who needs to enter potentially hazardous areas.The switches cannot signal a safe (closed) state with a lockout bar fitted.As a result unintentional starting of the machine is not possible.
Lockout bar for two padlocks
Travel diagramSnap-action switching element
Contactsclosed
Contactspositively opened
13-1
421
-22
13-1
421
-22
0
1
2
3
4
6
5
mm
End positionFree position
8
General
Subject to technical modifications; no responsibility is accepted for the accuracy of this information.
Guard lockingSafety switches with separate actuator are available both with and withoutguard locking. Guard locking is a feature that prevents the unintentionalopening of a door as long as there is a hazard. The door is locked bypreventing the removal of the actuator from the safety switch.The series TP, STA, STP and STM listed in this catalog are safety switcheswith separate actuator with guard locking. The safety switch TK alsofeatures guard locking but does not have protection against unintentionalclosing. It can therefore not be classified as a classic switch with safetyfunction or separate actuator.
Protection of personnelGuard locking is required if a hazard cannot be removed immediately byshutting down a machine (e.g. a movement with overtravel). In this casefail-safe control of the interlocking solenoid is required. This requirementcan, for instance, be achieved by a safe standstill monitor or a safetime-delay. The safety switch must also provide a facility for monitoringthe position of the solenoid.The series TP, STP, STM and TK feature the guard lock monitoringrequired for this function and can therefore be used for protection ofpersonnel.
Process protectionOften a safety guard is only to be locked to prevent interruption to theprocess due to unintentional opening of the safety guard. In this casethe position of the interlocking solenoid does not need to be integratedin the safety circuit.
Housing material and actuating headThe safety switches in this catalog have a housing made of reinforcedthermoplastic. Due to the durable housing material and the high degreeof protection (up to IP 67), these switches can be used even undersevere conditions. The degree of protection only applies to the spacefor the electrical wiring and not to the actuating head.If there are increased demands on the load capability of the actuatinghead in operation, it is possible to choose an actuating head made ofmetal in the STM series. Alternatively, you can choose the STP series,which is equipped with a metal head as standard. This allows you tocombine the economy of safety switches with a plastic housing with theruggedness of safety switches made of metal.
Anschlag
Attaching safety switches and actuators
The same applies to the trip dogs for switches with safety function. A jointwithout movement is also required here. Above all else, loosening must beprevented. In addition, it must be ensured that cams and trip dogs can onlybe mounted in the correct position.To prevent tampering, safety screws can also be used for the attachmentof safety switches and trip dogs.
Changing the approach directionOften the actuator approach direction does not match the standardalignment of the actuating head as delivered. For this reason, theactuating heads on the safety switches NM, NP, GP, TP, STA, SGP andSTP can be very easily adjusted to the required direction.
After undoing the four fastening screws, the actuating head can be rotatedin 90° steps. If for reasons of protection against tampering, renewedremoval of the actuating head is to be prevented, the actuating headcan be fastened to the basic housing using safety screws. You will findappropriate fixings in the accessories section of this catalog.
Attaching safety switches with safety function, withseparate actuator and the actuatorsCertain requirements must be met with respect to attaching the safetyswitches.Any installation position can be used; however, the switches must beattached such that their position cannot be changed in operation. Onthe other hand, if necessary it must be possible to replace the switchesat any time without renewed adjustment.These requirements are achieved by using reliable fixings that can onlybe undone using tools. To prevent a change to the position, there mustalso be no movement in the joint (e.g. by using dowel pins).
Changing the approach directionSafety switch NM
Changing the approach directionSafety switch TP
Safety switchTP
Safety switchSTM
9
General
Subject to technical modifications; no responsibility is accepted for the accuracy of this information.
Leftswitching
Left / rightswitching
(default setting)
Rightswitching
-90° 0° +90°
Simultaneously pressand rotate the washer
Rotate the actuatingelement
Changing the switching directionIn addition, in the case of the NM.HB series, the actuating direction canbe adjusted such that the actuator only switches in one direction.
�
23 24
11 12 11 12G
uard
lock
ing
sole
noid
�
23 24
11 12 11 12
Gua
rd lo
ckin
gso
leno
id
23 24
11 12 11 12
Actuator
Switch head
Plunger
Locking arm
SKSafetycircuit ÜK
Monitoringcircuit
Gua
rd lo
ckin
gso
leno
id
Mounting plates are available to ease the attachment of switches withseparate actuator and also actuators. Bolts attached to the safety doorare extremely helpful. All requirements, e.g. the mechanical end stopfor the door and the exact guidance of the actuator, are optimally metby using bolts.
Electrical connectionOn switches with cable entry there is a large space envelope for makingthe electrical connection. Modern wiring concepts increasingly utilizeplug-in connections. A switch with plug connectors can be easily replacedduring servicing work. This configuration results in short downtimes.The safety switches in this catalog are available with various plugconnectors. The corresponding mating connectors are also availableas accessories with permanently connected cables of different lengths.
Switch layout for STM seriesLocking arm
The locking arm ensures that the switch is guard locked by the solenoid.It acts directly on the switching element ÜK; the positively driven contactscan only be closed in the locked state (see Protection againstunintentional closing, page 11).
SKThe position of the switching elements of the SK switching elementisdependent on the position of the actuator or the safety guard.This situation means that the positively driven contacts on the SKswitching element are only closed if the actuator is in the switch head.
ÜKThe position of the switching elements of the ÜK switching elementis dependent on the position of the actuator or the safety guard and theposition of the solenoid or the guard locking.
Principle of operation of STMThe sectional drawings show the safety switch STM in its three switchstates:
� Door open and not lockedIn the initial state (actuator removed/safety guard open) all positivelydriven contacts (SK and ÜK) are open. The NO contact 23-24 is closedand signals the condition Door open and not locked. Unintentional closingof the contacts on switching element ÜK is impossible due to the switchmechanism (see Protection against unintentional closing, page 11).
� Door closed and not lockedThe plunger is released by inserting the actuator into the switch head.The contacts 11-12 on switching element SK are closed, the contacts23-24 are opened. The contacts 11-12 of the switching element ÜKremain open as before.
10
General
Subject to technical modifications; no responsibility is accepted for the accuracy of this information.
� Door closed and lockedAfter the actuator has been inserted, it is possible to activate the switch'sguard locking. If the interlocking solenoid is activated, the locking armlocks the plunger and actuates the switching element ÜK. The contacts11-12 are closed on this switching element. The contacts 11-12 on theswitching element SK continue to remain closed. In this position thepositively driven contacts 11-12 on the two switching elements SK andÜK are safely locked, the auxiliary contact 23-24 is open. The actuatorand the safety guard are locked. This means that the machine connectedto the safety circuit can be started.
� Door closed and not lockedThe plunger is released by inserting the actuator into the switch head.The NO contact 13-14 is now open and signals the condition Door closed.The NO contact 33-34 remains closed and signals the condition Notlocked as before. The positively driven contacts 21-22 and 41-42 remainopen as before.
Principle of operation of TP/STA/STPThe sectional drawings show the safety switch TP/STP in its three switchstates:
� Door open and not lockedIn the initial state (actuator removed/safety guard open) all positively drivencontacts (here: 21-22 and 41-42) are open. The NO contact 13-14 is closedand signals the condition Door open. The NO contact 33-34 is also closedand signals the condition Not locked. Unintentional closing of the contacts21-22 and 41-42 is impossible due to the switch mechanism (see Protectionagainst unintentional closing, page 11).
�
�
�
23 24
11 12 11 12
Gua
rd lo
ckin
gso
leno
id
Dooropenandnot locked
2133
13
42
2234
14
41
PLC
Doo
r op
en
Doo
r no
t loc
ked
Output Inputs
+24 V
Channel AChannel B
Safety circuit
E1 E2
Doorclosedandnot locked
2133
13
42
2234
14
E1 E2
41
PLC
Doo
r cl
osed
Doo
r no
t loc
ked
Output Inputs
+24 V
Channel AChannel B
Safety circuit
11
General
Subject to technical modifications; no responsibility is accepted for the accuracy of this information.
�
� Door closed and lockedAfter the actuator has been inserted, it is possible to activate the switch'sguard locking. When the interlocking solenoid is activated, NO contact33-34 is opened and signals the condition Locked. The NO contact13-14 signals the condition Door closed as before. The positively drivencontacts 21-22 and 41-42 were closed when the interlocking solenoidwas activated. The actuator and the safety guard are locked. This meansthat the machine connected to the safety circuit can be started.
Principle of operation of BiState versionIn addition to the mechanical/electrical guard locking, the switch alsohas a fixing facility for the guard locking pin. The guard locking pin isheld in its current position when the operating voltage is not present.The locking pin is released only when the operating voltage is applied.If the power supply (operating voltage) of the switch is interrupted or ifthe machine is switched off (e.g. for maintenance work), the locking pinis held in its last position. This means that the guard is either keptpermanently closed or can be closed and opened as desired without theguard locking being activated. In this case, (the guard locking is inactiveand the power supply fails), BiState switches ensure that there is no riskof persons being unintentionally trapped in the danger area if the guardshould close.In other words, there is no possibility of being locked in.
Actuator
PLC
Doo
r cl
osed
Doo
r lo
cked
Output Inputs
Doorclosedandlocked
+24 V
Channel AChannel B
Safety circuit
2133
13
42
2234
14
E1 E2
41
Principle of operation of Twin versionThe switch has two actuating heads. Depending on series, these allowsimultaneous monitoring, locking or unlocking of two moveable safetyguards.
The section diagrams show principle of operation of the Twin version:
� One door closed
The first guard locking pin is released when the actuator is inserted intothe actuating head. No switching operation is initiated due to the rigidconnection between the two plungers.
� Both doors closed
The second guard locking pin is released when the actuator is insertedinto the actuating head. The switching operation is initiated and thesafety guards are monitored or locked in closed position, depending onversion.
Protection against unintentional closingThe design feature of a guard locking which ensures that the lockingmechanism (solenoid plunger) cannot go into the interlock position if thesafety guard is open is also referred to in BGI 575 as Protection againstunintentional closing.
Actuator
Actuator Actuator
12
General
Subject to technical modifications; no responsibility is accepted for the accuracy of this information.
Safety Switches with Safety Function, Plastic Housing
13
Selection table for safety switches NM with safety function
Actuating element Connection Housing Switching elementPage
WO RB KB HB AV AL AG AK M SM4 Short LongOne Two Three
contact contacts contacts� � � � � 14� � � � � 14
� � � � � 15� � � � � 15
� � � � � 16� � � � � 16
� � � � � 17� � � � � 17
� � � � � 18� � � � � 18
� � � � � 18� � � � � 18� � � � 18
� � � � � 19� � � � � 19� � � � 19
� � � � � 20� � � � � 20
Actuating elementWO Domed plunger Approach direction vertical
RB Roller plunger Approach direction horizontalKB Roller arm Approach direction horizontal
HB Lever arm Approach direction horizontalAV Hinged actuator Solid shaft length 75 mm
AL Hinged actuator Solid shaft length 110 mmAG Hinged actuator Hollow shaft internal diameter 10.2 mm
AK Hinged actuator Hollow shaft internal diameter 8.2 mm
ConnectionM Thread M16x1.5 for cable glands
SM4 Plug connector M12 4-pin
HousingShort
Long
Switching element One contact 1 NC
Two contacts1 NC +1 NO,
2 NC
Three 2 NC + 1 NO,
contacts 3 NC
14
Safety Switches with Safety Function, Plastic Housing
Subject to technical modifications; no responsibility is accepted for the accuracy of this information.
Safety switch NM..WO with domed plunger
Dimension drawing
Wiring diagrams Switch not actuated
Approach direction
Vertical
Switching elementsES01 Slow-action switching element
1 NC ES11 Slow-action switching element
1 NC + 1 NOES02 Slow-action switching element
2 NC ES12 Slow-action switching element
2 NC + 1 NOES03 Slow-action switching element
3 NC
Cable entry M16 x 1.5Short housing
For cable glands see page 104
End
posi
tion
Ordering tableSeries Actuator Connection Housing Switching element Order No. / Item
01 084495Short 1 NC NM01WOK-M
Cable entry 11 0953751 x M16 x 1.5 1 NC + 1 NO NM11WOK-MC2069
02 0953742 NC NM02WOK-MC2069
NMWO 11 084496
Domed plunger Long 1 NC + 1 NO NM11WOK-M02 084497
Cable entry 2 NC NM02WOK-M3 x M16 x 1.5 12 084498
2 NC + 1 NO NM12WOK-M03 084499
3 NC NM03WOK-M
Cable entry M16 x 1.5Long housing
17 28
32
∅10
25
18
16,5∅4,2
+1
M=0,6Nm
K
*
∅5
1,5
12,525
32
77,5
M16x1,5
M=0,6NmM=0,6Nm
17
3228
∅10
25
18
16,5
∅4,2
+1
M16x1,5
M16x1,5
M=0,6Nm
K
*
∅5
1,5
12,5
2532
108,
5
12,5
16
M=0,6Nm M=0,6Nm
For cable glands see page 104
Free
pos
ition
End
posi
tion
Free
pos
ition
21
22
21 22
ES01
ES01
21
221314
13 14
21 22
ES11
ES11
31
322122
21 22
31 32ES
02
ES02
21
221314
13 14
21 22
ES11
ES11
31
322122
21 22
31 32
ES02
ES02
21
221314
13 14
21 22
ES12
31
32
31 32
ES12
21
221112
11 12
21 22
ES03
31
32
31 32
ES03
Approach direction
Approach direction
15
Safety Switches with Safety Function, Plastic Housing
For
safe
ty p
reca
utio
ns s
ee p
age
160
For
tech
nica
l dat
a se
e pa
ge 1
17
Subject to technical modifications; no responsibility is accepted for the accuracy of this information.
Safety switch NM..RB with roller plunger
Dimension drawing
Wiring diagrams Switch not actuated
Approach directionHorizontalCan be adjusted in 90° steps.
Switching elementsES01 Slow-action switching element
1 NC ES11 Slow-action switching element
1 NC + 1 NOES02 Slow-action switching element
2 NC ES12 Slow-action switching element
2 NC + 1 NOES03 Slow-action switching element
3 NC
Cable entry M16 x 1.5Short housing
For cable glands see page 104
Ordering tableSeries Actuator Connection Housing Switching element Order No. / Item
01 084515Short 1 NC NM01RBA-M
Cable entry 11 0953731 x M16 x 1.5 1 NC + 1 NO NM11RBA-MC2069
02 0953722 NC NM02RBA-MC2069
NMRB 11 084516
Roller plunger Long 1 NC + 1 NO NM11RBA-M02 084517
Cable entry 2 NC NM02RBA-M3 x M16 x 1.5 12 084518
2 NC + 1 NO NM12RBA-M03 084519
3 NC NM03RBA-M
Cable entry M16 x 1.5Long housing
For cable glands see page 104
End
posi
tion
Free
pos
ition
21
22
21 22
ES01
ES01
21
221314
13 14
21 22
ES11
ES11
31
322122
21 22
31 32
ES02
ES02
21
221314
13 14
21 22
ES11
ES11
31
322122
21 22
31 32
ES02
ES02
21
221314
13 14
21 22
ES12
31
32
31 32
ES12
21
221112
11 12
21 22
ES03
31
32
31 32
ES03
17
32 36
25
18
16,5
R6
∅4,2
M=0,6Nm
*
1,5
12,525
32
81,5
M16x1,5
∅5
A
B
M=0,6Nm
M=0,6Nm M=0,6Nm
30˚ max.
32+
0,5
End
posi
tion
Free
pos
ition
32
36
R6
25
18
16,5
17
∅4,2
M16x1,5
M16x1,5
M=0,6N
*
∅5
1,5
112,
5
12,5
2532
12,5
16
A
B
M=0,6Nm
M=0,6Nm M=0,6Nm
30˚ max.
32+
0,5
16
Safety Switches with Safety Function, Plastic Housing
Subject to technical modifications; no responsibility is accepted for the accuracy of this information.
R6
3845
25
18
16,5
17
∅4,2
M16x1,5
M16x1,5
M=0,6Nm
*
∅5
1,5
12,5
2532
12,5
16
121,
5
A
B
C
D
M=0,6NmM=0,6Nm
38+
0,5
30˚
max.
45
38
25
18
16,5
R6
17
∅4,2
M=0,6Nm
*
∅5
1,5
90,5
12,5
25
32
M16x1,5
A
B
C
D
M=0,6NmM=0,6Nm
30˚
max.
38+
0,5
Safety switch NM..KB with roller arm
Dimension drawing
Wiring diagrams Switch not actuated
Approach directionHorizontalCan be adjusted in 90° steps.
Switching elementsES01 Slow-action switching element
1 NC ES11 Slow-action switching element
1 NC + 1 NOES02 Slow-action switching element
2 NC ES12 Slow-action switching element
2 NC + 1 NOES03 Slow-action switching element
3 NC
Cable entry M16 x 1.5Short housing
For cable glands see page 104
End
posi
tion
Ordering tableSeries Actuator Connection Housing Switching element Order No. / Item
01 084522Short 1 NC NM01KBA-M
Cable entry 11 0953711 x M16 x 1.5 1 NC + 1 NO NM11KBA-MC2069
02 0953702 NC NM02KBA-MC2069
NMKB 11 084523
Roller arm Long 1 NC + 1 NO NM11KBA-M02 084524
Cable entry 2 NC NM02KBA-M3 x M16 x 1.5 12 084525
2 NC + 1 NO NM12KBA-M03 084526
3 NC NM03KBA-M
Cable entry M16 x 1.5Long housing
For cable glands see page 104
Free
pos
ition
End
posi
tion
Free
pos
ition
21
22
21 22
ES01
ES01
21
221314
13 14
21 22
ES11
ES11
31
322122
21 22
31 32ES
02
ES02
21
221314
13 14
21 22
ES11
ES11
31
322122
21 22
31 32
ES02
ES02
21
221314
13 14
21 22
ES12
31
32
31 32
ES12
21
221112
11 12
21 22
ES03
31
32
31 32
ES03
17
Safety Switches with Safety Function, Plastic Housing
For
safe
ty p
reca
utio
ns s
ee p
age
160
For
tech
nica
l dat
a se
e pa
ge 1
17
Subject to technical modifications; no responsibility is accepted for the accuracy of this information.
Safety switch NM..HB with lever arm
Dimension drawing
Wiring diagrams Switch not actuated
Approach directionHorizontalCan be adjusted in 90° steps.
Switching elementsES01 Slow-action switching element
1 NC ES11 Slow-action switching element
1 NC + 1 NOES02 Slow-action switching element
2 NC ES12 Slow-action switching element
2 NC + 1 NOES03 Slow-action switching element
3 NC
Cable entry M16 x 1.5Short housing
For cable glands see page 104
Ordering tableSeries Actuator Connection Housing Switching element Order No. / Item
01 084527Short 1 NC NM01HBA-M
Cable entry 11 0953691 x M16 x 1.5 1 NC + 1 NO NM11HBA-MC2069
02 0953682 NC NM02HBA-MC2069
NMHB 11 084528
Lever arm Long 1 NC + 1 NO NM11HBA-M02 084529
Cable entry 2 NC NM02HBA-M3 x M16 x 1.5 12 084530
2 NC + 1 NO NM12HBA-M03 084531
3 NC NM03HBA-M
Cable entry M16 x 1.5Long housing
For cable glands see page 104
21
22
21 22
ES01
ES01
21
221314
13 14
21 22
ES11
ES11
31
322122
21 22
31 32
ES02
ES02
21
221314
13 14
21 22
ES11
ES11
31
322122
21 22
31 32
ES02
ES02
21
221314
13 14
21 22
ES12
31
32
31 32
ES12
21
221112
11 12
21 22
ES03
31
32
31 32
ES03
41+
1 0
1,5
25
18
16,5
17 2725R6
∅4,2M=0,6Nm
*
M=1 Nm
∅5
12,5
328
32
97,5
25
46
M16x1,5
AStandardB
C D
M=0,6Nm M=0,6Nm
1,5
25
18
16,5
17 2725
R6
∅4,2
M16x1,5M16x1,5
M=0,6Nm
*
M=1 Nm
∅5
12,5
328
12,5
16
32
128,
5
25
46
AStandardB
C D
M=0,6Nm M=0,6Nm
41+
1 0
Actuating direction
Actuating direction
18
Safety Switches with Safety Function, Plastic Housing
Subject to technical modifications; no responsibility is accepted for the accuracy of this information.
Safety switch NM..AV / NM..ALHinged actuator as solid shaftShaft length 75 mm or 110 mm
Dimension drawing
Wiring diagrams Switch not actuated
Switching elementsES01 Slow-action switching
element 1 NC ES11 Slow-action switching
element 1 NC + 1 NOES02 Slow-action switching
element 2 NC ES12 Slow-action switching
element 2 NC + 1 NOES03 Slow-action switching
element 3 NC
Cable entry M16 x 1.5Short housing
For cable glands see page 104
Ordering tableSeries Actuator Connection Housing Switching element Order No. / Item
01 084545Short 1 NC NM01AV-M
Cable entry 11 0953671 x M16 x 1.5 1 NC + 1 NO NM11AV-MC2069
02 095366AV 2 NC NM02AV-MC2069
Hinged actuator 11 084546solid shaft Long 1 NC + 1 NO NM11AV-M
length 75 mm 02 084547Cable entry 2 NC NM02AV-M
3 x M16 x 1.5 12 0845482 NC + 1 NO NM12AV-M
03 0845493 NC NM03AV-M
NM01 079117
Short 1 NC NM01AL-MCable entry 11 095365
1 x M16 x 1.5 1 NC + 1 NO NM11AL-MC206902 095364
2 NC NM02AL-MC2069AL 11 079118
Hinged actuator Long 1 NC + 1 NO NM11AL-Msolid shaft 02 079119
length 110 mm Cable entry 2 NC NM02AL-M3 x M16 x 1.5 12 079120
2 NC + 1 NO NM12AL-M03 079121
3 NC NM03AL-MPlug connector Long 02 093246
M12 2 NC NM02AL-SM4
21
22
21 22
ES01
ES01
21
221314
13 14
21 22
ES11
ES11
31
322122
21 22
31 32
ES02
ES02
21
221314
13 14
21 22
ES11
ES11
31
322122
21 22
31 32
ES02
ES02
21
221314
13 14
21 22
ES12
31
32
31 32
ES12
21
221112
11 12
21 22
ES03
31
32
31 32
ES03
Cable entry M16 x 1.5Long housing
For cable glands see page 104
Plug connector M124-pin, long housing
For plug connectors see page 99
2
413
21 22
31 32
SM4
ES02
1,5
25
18
16,5
17 25,5
∅ 4,2M=0,6Nm
*
∅ 5
12,5
32
NM..AV: 75NM..AL: 110
25
40
85,5
M16x1,5
∅10
A
BC
D
M=0,6Nm M=0,6Nm
25
18
16,5
17 25,5
∅ 4,2
M16x1,5
M16x1,5
M=0,6Nm
*
∅ 5
1,5
40
NM..AV: 75NM..AL: 110
25
32
12,5
16
12,5
115,
5∅
10
A
BC
D
M=0,6Nm M=0,6Nm
Actuatingdirection
Actuatingdirection
14
M12x1
25
18
16,5
17 25,5
∅ 4,2
M16x1,5
M16x1,5
M=0,6Nm
*
∅ 5
1,5
40
NM..AV: 75NM..AL: 110
25
32
12,5
16
12,5
115,
5∅
10
A
BC
D
M=0,6Nm M=0,6Nm
Actuatingdirection
Safety Switches with Safety Function, Plastic Housing
For
safe
ty p
reca
utio
ns s
ee p
age
160
For
tech
nica
l dat
a se
e pa
ge 1
17
Subject to technical modifications; no responsibility is accepted for the accuracy of this information. 19
Cable entry M16 x 1.5Short housing
For cable glands see page 104
Safety switch NM..AGHinged actuator as hollow shaftInternal diameter 10.2 mm
Switching elementsES01 Slow-action switching
element 1 NC ES11 Slow-action switching
element 1 NC + 1 NOES02 Slow-action switching
element 2 NC ES12 Slow-action switching
element 2 NC + 1 NOES03 Slow-action switching
element 3 NC
Wiring diagrams Switch not actuated
21
22
21 22
ES01
ES01
21
221314
13 14
21 22
ES11
ES11
31
322122
21 22
31 32
ES02
ES02
Ordering tableSeries Actuator Connection Housing Switching element Order No. / Item
01 084553Short 1 NC NM01AG-M
Cable entry 11 0953611 x M16 x 1.5 1 NC + 1 NO NM11AG-MC2069
02 0953602 NC NM02AG-MC2069
AG 11 084554
NMHinged actuator Long 1 NC + 1 NO NM11AG-M
hollow shaft 02 084555∅ 10.2 mm Cable entry 2 NC NM02AG-M
3 x M16 x 1.5 12 0845562 NC + 1 NO NM12AG-M
03 0845573 NC NM03AG-M
Plug connector Long 02 084565M12 2 NC NM02AG-SM4
21
221314
13 14
21 22
ES11
ES11
31
322122
21 22
31 32
ES02
ES02
21
221314
13 14
21 22
ES12
31
32
31 32
ES12
21
221112
11 12
21 22
ES03
31
32
31 32
ES032
413
21 22
31 32SM
4
ES02
Cable entry M16 x 1.5Long housing
For cable glands see page 104
Plug connector M124-pin, long housing
1,5
25
18
16,5
17 25,5
∅ 4,2
M=0,6Nm
*
∅ 5
12,5
5
3,2
3,2
813
22
32
M3∅
10,2
25
40
85,5
∅14
32(57)
M16x1,5
A
BC
D
M=0,6NmM=0,6Nm
25
18
16,5
17 25,5
∅ 4,2
M16x1,5M16x1,5
M=0,6Nm
*
∅ 5
1,5
40
(57)
813
22
3,2
3,2
M3
5
∅10
,2
25
32
12,5
16
12,5
115,
5∅
14
32
A
BC
D
M=0,6NmM=0,6Nm
For plug connectors see page 99
Actuatingdirection
Actuatingdirection
14
M12x1
25
18
16,5
17 25,5
∅ 4,2
M16x1,5M16x1,5
M=0,6Nm
*
∅ 5
1,5
40
(57)
813
22
3,2
3,2
M3
5
∅10
,2
25
32
12,5
16
12,5
115,
5∅
14
32
A
BC
D
M=0,6NmM=0,6Nm
Actuatingdirection
20
Safety Switches with Safety Function, Plastic Housing
Subject to technical modifications; no responsibility is accepted for the accuracy of this information.
Dimension drawing
Wiring diagrams Switch not actuated
Cable entry M16 x 1.5Short housing
For cable glands see page 104
Cable entry M16 x 1.5Long housing
For cable glands see page 104
21
22
21 22
ES01
ES01
21
221314
13 14
21 22
ES11
ES11
31
322122
21 22
31 32ES
02
ES02
21
221314
13 14
21 22
ES11
ES11
31
322122
21 22
31 32
ES02
ES02
21
221314
13 14
21 22
ES12
31
32
31 32
ES12
21
221112
11 12
21 22
ES03
31
32
31 32
ES03
Safety switch NM..AKHinged actuator as hollow shaftInternal diameter 8.2 mm
Switching elementsES01 Slow-action switching element
1 NC ES11 Slow-action switching element
1 NC + 1 NOES02 Slow-action switching element
2 NC ES12 Slow-action switching element
2 NC + 1 NOES03 Slow-action switching element
3 NC
Ordering tableSeries Actuator Connection Housing Switching element Order No. / Item
01 084559Short 1 NC NM01AK-M
Cable entry 11 0953631 x M16 x 1.5 1 NC + 1 NO NM11AK-MC2069
02 095362AK 2 NC NM02AK-MC2069
NMHinged actuator 11 084560
hollow shaft Long 1 NC + 1 NO NM11AK-M∅ 8.2 mm 02 084561
Cable entry 2 NC NM02AK-M3 x M16 x 1.5 12 084562
2 NC + 1 NO NM12AK-M03 084563
3 NC NM03AK-M
1,5
25
18
16,5
17 25,5
∅ 4,2
M=0,6Nm
*
∅ 5
12,5
M3
3,2∅
8,2
3,2
813
19
32
5
25
40
85,5
∅12
29(54)
M16x1,5
D
M=0,6Nm M=0,6Nm
C
A
B
25
18
16,5
17 25,5
∅ 4,2
M16x1,5M16x1,5
M=0,6Nm
*
∅ 5
1,5
40
(54)
81319
3,2
3,2
M3
∅8,
2
5
25
32
12,5
16
12,5
115,
5
29
∅12
D
M=0,6Nm M=0,6Nm
C
A
B
Actuatingdirection
Actuatingdirection
Safety Switches with Separate Actuator, Plastic Housing
21
Selection table for safety switches NM with separate actuator
Connection Housing Switching elementPage
M SM4 Short LongOne Two Three
contact contacts contacts� � � � 22
� � � � 23
ConnectionM Thread M16x1.5 for cable glands
SM4 Plug connector M12 4-pin
HousingShort
Long
Switching elementOne contact 1 NC
Two contacts1 NC +1 NO,
2 NC
2 NC + 1 NO,Three contacts
3 NC
22
Safety Switches with Separate Actuator, Plastic Housing
Subject to technical modifications; no responsibility is accepted for the accuracy of this information.
Safety switch NM..VZCable entry M16 x 1.5M12 plug connector optional
Dimension drawing
Wiring diagrams Actuator inserted
Approach directionHorizontal and verticalCan be adjusted in 90° steps
Switching elementsES01 Slow-action switching element
1 NC ES11 Slow-action switching element
1 NC + 1 NOES02 Slow-action switching element
2 NC ES12 Slow-action switching element
2 NC + 1 NOES03 Slow-action switching element
3 NC
Cable entry M16 x 1.5Short housing
For cable glands see page 104
Ordering tableSeries Actuator Connection Housing Switching element Order No. / Item
01 084451Short 1 NC NM01VZA-M
Cable entry 11 0944711 x M16 x 1.5 1 NC + 1 NO NM11VZA-MC2069
02 094470
VZ2 NC NM02VZA-MC2069
NM Separate11 084452
actuatorLong 1 NC + 1 NO NM11VZA-M
02 084453Cable entry 2 NC NM02VZA-M
3 x M16 x 1.5 12 0844542 NC + 1 NO NM12VZA-M
03 0844553 NC NM03VZA-M
Cable entry M16 x 1.5Long housing
For cable glands see page 104
21
22
21 22
ES01
ES01
21
221314
13 14
21 22
ES11
ES11
31
322122
21 22
31 32ES
02
ES02
21
221314
13 14
21 22
ES11
ES11
31
322122
21 22
31 32
ES02
ES02
21
221314
13 14
21 22
ES12
31
32
31 32
ES12
21
221112
11 12
21 22
ES03
31
32
31 32
ES03
18
16,5
25
17
∅ 4,2
M16x1,5
*∅ 5
311,
5
36,5
12,5
25
32
82
3
A
20 +4
20+
4
0,4 A
B
12,5
7
3Standard
0,8 B
C
M=0,6Nm
D
A
B
M=0,6Nm
B
18
16,5
25
17
M16x1,5
∅ 4,2
M16x1,5
*∅ 5
311,
5
36,5
12,5
25
32
113
316
M=0,6Nm
A
12,5
7
3Standard
0,8 B
20+4
20+
4
0,4
CM=0,6Nm
D
M=0,6Nm
A
B
A
Insertion depth
Insertiondepth
Insertion depthInsertiondepth
Please orderactuator separately(see pages 88-89)
Please orderactuator separately(see pages 88-89)
Safety Switches with Separate Actuator, Plastic Housing
For
safe
ty p
reca
utio
ns s
ee p
age
160
For
tech
nica
l dat
a se
e pa
ge 1
17
Subject to technical modifications; no responsibility is accepted for the accuracy of this information. 23
Ordering tableSeries Actuator Connection Housing Switching element Order No. / Item
11 085626VZ
Long1 NC + 1 NO NM11VZA-SM4
NM SeparatePlug connector
actuatorM12
02 0845642 Ö NM02VZA-SM4
Plug connector M124-pin, long housing
2
413
13 14
21 22
SM4
ES11
2
413
21 22
31 32
SM4
ES02
For plug connectors see page 99
Please orderactuator separately(see pages 88-89)
14
M12x1
B
18
16,5
25
17
M16x1,5
∅ 4,2
M16x1,5
*∅ 5
311,
5
36,5
12,5
25
32
113
316
M=0,6Nm
A
12,5
7
3Standard
0,8 B
20+4
20+
4
0,4
CM=0,6Nm
D
M=0,6Nm
A
B
A
Insertion depthInsertiondepth
Wiring diagrams Actuator inserted
24
Safety Switches with Separate Actuator, Plastic Housing
Safety Switches with Separate Actuator, Plastic Housing
25
Selection table for safety switches NP
Mounting Connection Switching elementPage
AS AB M SM SR6 One contact Two contacts Three contacts� � � � � 26� � � 27� � � � � 27
� � � � � 28� � � 29� � � � 29
MountingAS Mounting to DIN EN 50047
AB Mounting with 40 mm spacing
ConnectionM Thread M20 x 1.5 for cable gland
SM4 Plug connector M12 4-pinSR6 Plug connector; 6 pin + PE
Switching elementOne contact 1 NC
Two contacts 1 NC +1 NO,
2 NC
Three contacts 2 NC + 1 NO
26
Safety Switches with Separate Actuator, Plastic Housing
Subject to technical modifications; no responsibility is accepted for the accuracy of this information.
Safety switch NPMounting to DIN EN 50047Cable entry M20 x 1.5Plug connector optional
Dimension drawing
Wiring diagrams Actuator inserted
Approach directionHorizontal and verticalCan be adjusted in 90° steps
Switching elements618 Slow-action switching element
1 NC 628 Slow-action switching element
1 NC + 1 NO638 Slow-action switching element
2 NC 648 Slow-action switching element
2 NC + 1 NO
Cable entry M20 x 1.5
Ordering tableSeries Mounting Connection Switching element Order No. / Item
618 0836851 NC NP1-618AS-M
1628 083688
NPAS
Cable entry1 NC + 1 NO NP1-628AS-M
acc. to DIN EN 500471 x M20 x 1.5
638 0836912 NC NP1-638AS-M648 1) 082280
2 NC + 1 NO NP1-648AS-M
For cable glands see page 104
21
22
21 22
618
618
21
221314
13 14
21 22
628
628
21
221112
11 12
21 22
638
638
21
221314
13 14
21 22
648
31
32
31 32
648
353,5
22
36+1M20x1,5
30+1
35
16
h
v
3,58,5
31
98
8
20
22
4,3
26
43
Insertion depthInsertiondepth
Please orderactuator separately(see pages 90-93)
1) No approval
Safety Switches with Separate Actuator, Plastic Housing
For
safe
ty p
reca
utio
ns s
ee p
age
160
For
tech
nica
l dat
a se
e pa
ge 1
17
Subject to technical modifications; no responsibility is accepted for the accuracy of this information. 27
Dimension drawing
Wiring diagrams Actuator inserted
Plug connector SM4M12 plug, 4-pin
Plug connector SR66-pin + PE
3
412
21 22
11 12
SM4
638
For plug connectors see page 99 For plug connectors see page 100
1
2
21 22
SR6
618
1
234
13 14
21 22
SR6
628
3
412
21 22
11 12
SR6
638
1
234
13 14
21 22
SR6
5
6
31 32
648
Ordering tableSeries Mounting Connection Switching element Order No. / Item
3638 084400
Plug connector2 NC NP3-638AS
SM4618 059445
AS1 NC NP2-618AS
NPacc. to DIN EN 50047 2
628 059447
Plug connector1 NC + 1 NO NP2-628AS
SR6638 059449
2 NC NP2-638AS648 088924
2 NC + 1 NO NP2-648AS
14
M12x1
353,5
22
36+1
30+1
35
16
h
v
3,58,5
31
98
8
20
22
4,3
26
43Insertion depth
Insertiondepth
28
353,5
22
36+1
30+1
35
16
h
v
3,58,5
31
98
8
20
22
4,3
26
43
Insertiondepth
Insertion depth
Please orderactuator separately(see pages 90-93)
Please orderactuator separately(see pages 90-93)
28
Safety Switches with Separate Actuator, Plastic Housing
Subject to technical modifications; no responsibility is accepted for the accuracy of this information.
Safety switch NPMounting with 40 mm spacingCable entry M20 x 1.5Plug connector optional
Dimension drawing
Wiring diagrams Actuator inserted
Approach directionHorizontal and verticalCan be adjusted in 90° steps
Switching elements618 Slow-action switching element
1 NC 628 Slow-action switching element
1 NC + 1 NO638 Slow-action switching element
2 NC 648 Slow-action switching element
2 NC + 1 NO
Cable entry M20 x 1.5
Ordering tableSeries Mounting Connection Switching element Order No. / Item
618 0836801 NC NP1-618AB-M
1628 083686
NPAB
Cable entry1 NC + 1 NO NP1-628AB-M
With 40 mm hole spacing1 x M20 x 1.5
638 0836902 NC NP1-638AB-M648 1) 082276 1)
2 NC + 1 NO NP1-648AB-M
For cable glands see page 104
21
22
21 22
618
618
21
221314
13 14
21 22
628
628
21
221112
11 12
21 22
638
638
21
221314
13 14
21 22
648
31
32
31 32
648
353,5
22
36+1M20x1,5
30+1
35
16
h
v
3,58,5
31
9840
50
10
5,5
8
25
2543
Insertion depthInsertiondepth
Please orderactuator separately(see pages 90-93)
1) No approval
Safety Switches with Separate Actuator, Plastic Housing
For
safe
ty p
reca
utio
ns s
ee p
age
160
For
tech
nica
l dat
a se
e pa
ge 1
17
Subject to technical modifications; no responsibility is accepted for the accuracy of this information. 29
Dimension drawing
Wiring diagrams Actuator inserted
Plug connector SM4M12 plug, 4-pin
Plug connector SR66-pin + PE
3
412
21 22
11 12
SM4
638
For plug connectors see page 99 For plug connectors see page 100
Ordering tableSeries Mounting Connection Switching element Order No. / Item
3638 094509
Plug connector2 NC NP3-638AB
SM4
AB618 059446
NPWith 40 mm hole spacing 2
1 NC NP2-618AB
Plug connector628 059448
SR61 NC + 1 NO NP2-628AB
638 0594502 NC NP2-638AB
1
2
21 22
SR6
618
1
234
13 14
21 22
SR6
628
3
412
21 22
11 12
SR6
638
14
M12x1
353,5
22
36+1
30+1
35
16h
v
3,58,5
31
98
40
50
10
5,5
8
25
2543
Insertion depthInsertiondepth
28
353,5
22
36+1
30+1
35
16
h
v
3,58,5
31
98
40
50
10
5,5
8
25
2543
Insertion depthInsertiondepth
Please orderactuator separately(see pages 90-93)
Please orderactuator separately(see pages 90-93)
30
Safety Switches with Separate Actuator, Plastic Housing
Safety Switches with Separate Actuator, Plastic Housing
31
Selection table for safety switches GP
Connection Switching elementPage
M SR11 Two contacts Four contacts� � � 32
� � 33
ConnectionM Thread M20 x 1.5 for cable gland
SR11 Plug connector; 11 pin + PE
Switching element
Two contacts1 NC + 1 NO,
2 NC
2 NC + 2 NO,
Four contacts 3 NC + 1 NO,
4 NC
Safety Switches with Separate Actuator, Plastic Housing
Subject to technical modifications; no responsibility is accepted for the accuracy of this information.32
Safety switch GPCable entry M20 x 1.5Plug connector optional
Dimension drawing
Wiring diagrams Actuator inserted
Approach directionHorizontal and verticalCan be adjusted in 90° steps
Switching elements528 Slow-action switching element
1 NC + 1 NO538 Slow-action switching element
2 NC 2121 Slow-action switching element
4 NC 2131 Slow-action switching element
3 NC + 1 NO3131 Slow-action switching element
2 NC + 2 NO
Cable entry M20 x 1.5
Ordering tableSeries Connection Switching element Version Order No. / Item
528 0897251 NC + 1 NO GP1-528A-M
538 0902502 NC GP1-538A-M
12121 090252
GP Cable entry4 NC GP1-2121A-M
3 x M20 x 1.52131 090255
3 NC + 1 NO GP1-2131A-M2131 ATEX 095702 1)
3 NC + 1 NO Incl. cable gland GP1-2131A-M-EX3131 090258
2 NC + 2 NO GP1-3131A-M
For cable glands see page 104
1) II 3 G Ex nC IIB T5 X II 3 D Ex tD A22 T90°C X
21
221314
13 14
21 22
528
528
21
221112
11 12
21 22
538
538
2121
11122122
31 32
41 42
11 12
21 22
31324142
2121
2131
11122122
33 34
41 42
11 12
21 22
33344142
2131
3131
13142122
33 34
41 42
13 14
21 22
33344142
3131
Please orderactuator separately(see pages 90-93)
40
3031
3
∅ 4,1
∅ 5,1
V
1635
43
125
42
3,5
32
31
2216
h
7,5
3,5
8,5
M20
x 1
,5 (3
x)
Insertion depthInsertiondepth
4346
27ca
.
32
24
EX-version 1)
with protective plate and protective sleeve
Protectiveplate
Protectivesleeve
Cable gland M20x1.5(included in scope of delivery
for EX-version)
1)
Safety Switches with Separate Actuator, Plastic Housing
For
safe
ty p
reca
utio
ns s
ee p
age
160
For
tech
nica
l dat
a se
e pa
ge 1
17
Subject to technical modifications; no responsibility is accepted for the accuracy of this information. 33
Dimension drawing
Wiring diagrams Actuator inserted
Plug connector SR1111-pin + PE
Insertiondepth
Insertion depth
Ordering tableSeries Connection Switching element Order No. / Item
22131 096227
GP Plug connector3 NC + 1 NO GP2-2131ASR11
SR11
33 34
41 42
11 12
21 22
1
2345
678
Plug
con
nect
or S
R11
2131
28
40
3031
3
∅ 4,1
∅ 5,1
V
16
35
43
125
42
3,5
32
31
16
h
7,5
3,5
8,5
For plug connectors see page 100
Please orderactuator separately(see pages 90-93)
Safety Switches with Separate Actuator, Plastic Housing
34
Safety Switches with Separate Actuator, Plastic Housing
35
Selection table for safety switches SGP
Version Connection Switching elementPage
Standard TW M SR6 SR11 Two contacts Four contacts� � � 36� � � � � 37
� � � 38
VersionStandard One actuating head made of metal
TW TWIN, 2 actuating heads made of metal
ConnectionM Thread M20 x 1.5 for cable gland
SR6 Plug connector; 6 pin + PESR11 Plug connector; 11 pin + PE
Switching elementTwo contacts 2 NC
2 NC + 2 NO,Four contacts 3 NC + 1 NO,
4 NC
36
Safety Switches with Separate Actuator, Plastic Housing
Subject to technical modifications; no responsibility is accepted for the accuracy of this information.
Safety switch SGPActuating head made of metalCable entry M20 x 1.5Plug connector optional
Dimension drawing
Wiring diagrams Actuator inserted
Approach directionHorizontal and verticalCan be adjusted in 90° steps
Switching elements538 Slow-action switching element
2 NC 2121 Slow-action switching element
4 NC 2131 Slow-action switching element
3 NC + 1 NO3131 Slow-action switching element
2 NC + 2 NO
Cable entry M20 x 1.5
Ordering tableSeries Connection Switching element Version Order No. / Item
2121 097705
14 NC SGP1E-2121A-M
SGP Cable entry2131 097706
3 x M20 x 1.53 NC + 1 NO SGP1E-2131A-M
3131 0977072 NC + 2 NO SGP1E-3131A-M
For cable glands see page 104
Please orderactuator separately(see pages 94-96)
2121
11122122
31 32
41 42
11 12
21 22
31324142
2121
2131
11122122
33 34
41 42
11 12
21 22
33344142
2131
3131
13142122
33 34
41 42
13 14
21 22
33344142
3131
40
3031
3
∅ 4,1
∅ 5,1
V
M=0,6Nm
16
35,5 41
,5
123
42
4
32
30
2216
M=0,6Nm
h
0,3 A
0,3 B
A
B49
Insertion depthInsertiondepth
Safety Switches with Separate Actuator, Plastic Housing
For
safe
ty p
reca
utio
ns s
ee p
age
160
For
tech
nica
l dat
a se
e pa
ge 1
17
Subject to technical modifications; no responsibility is accepted for the accuracy of this information. 37
Plug connector SR1111-pin + PE
Ordering tableSeries Connection Switching element Order No. / Item
2538 104022
Plug connector2 NC SGP2E-538ASR6
SGPSR6
22131 099084
Plug connector3 NC + 1 NO SGP2E-2131ASR11
SR11
33 34
41 42
11 12
21 22
1
2345
678
SR11
2131
For plug connectors see page 100
Please orderactuator separately(see pages 94-96)
28
40
3031
3
∅ 4,1
∅ 5,1
V
M=0,6Nm
16
35,5 41
,5
123
42
4
32
30
16
M=0,6Nm
h
0,3 A
0,3 B
A
B49
Insertion depthInsertiondepth
Dimension drawing
Wiring diagrams Actuator inserted
Plug connector SR66-pin + PE
1
234
11 12
21 22
SR6
538
For plug connectors see page 100
Please orderactuator separately(see pages 94-96)
28
40
3031
3
∅ 4,1
∅ 5,1
V
M=0,6Nm
16
35,5 41
,5
123
42
4
32
3016
M=0,6Nm
h
0,3 A
0,3 B
A
B49
Insertion depthInsertiondepth
38
Safety Switches with Separate Actuator, Plastic Housing
Subject to technical modifications; no responsibility is accepted for the accuracy of this information.
0,3 B
hh
3130
<40>
72
Ø 5,2
Ø4,1
M=0,6Nm
Ø5,1
0,3 A
16
20 20
4 4
82
B
M 2
0x1,
5 (3
x)
30
<73>
<79>
41,2
16
22
32
160
4
B
vv
Insertion depth
Insertiondepth
Safety switch SGP-TW2 actuating heads made of metalSimultaneous monitoring of two safetyguardsCable entry M20 x 1.5
Dimension drawing
Wiring diagrams Actuator inserted
Approach directionHorizontal and verticalCan be adjusted in 90° steps
Switching elements2131 Slow-action switching element
3 NC + 1 NO
Cable entry M20 x 1.5
Ordering tableSeries Connection Switching element Version Order No. / Item
1SGP-TW Cable entry
2131 100809
3 x M20 x 1.53 NC + 1 NO SGP-TW-1E-2131AC-M
For cable glands see page 104
Please orderactuator separately(see pages 94-96)
2131
11122122
33 34
41 42
11 12
21 22
33344142
2131
Safety Switches with Separate Actuator, Metal Housing
39
Selection table for safety switches SGA
Version Connection Switching elementPage
Standard M SR11 RC18 Two contacts Four contacts� � � 40� � � 41� � � 42
VersionStandard One metal actuating head
ConnectionM Thread M20 x 1.5 for cable gland
SR11 Plug connector; 11-pin + PERC18 Plug connector; 18-pin + PE
Switching elementTwo contacts 2 NC
Four contacts 3 NC + 1 NO,4 NC
40
Safety Switches with Separate Actuator, Metal Housing
Subject to technical modifications; no responsibility is accepted for the accuracy of this information.
Safety switch SGAMetal housing, metal actuating headCable entry M20 x 1.5Plug connector optional
Dimension drawing
Wiring diagrams Actuator inserted
Approach directionCan be adjusted horizontally andvertically in 90° steps
Switching elements2121 Slow-action switching contact
4 NC 2131 Slow-action switching contact
3 NC + 1 NO
Cable entry M20 x 1.5
Ordering tableSeries Connection Switching element Version Order no. / item
12121 103725
SGA Cable entry4 NC SGA1A-2121A-M
3 x M20 x 1.52131 106307
3 NC + 1 NO SGA1A-2131A-M
For cable glands see page 104
Please order actuatorseparately(see page 94-96)
Insertion depth
Insertiondepth
2121
11122122
31 32
41 42
11 12
21 22
31324142
2121
2131
11122122
33 34
41 42
11 12
21 22
33344142
2131
<40>
30
31
30
4,1
5,2
76v
h
M=0,6Nm
0,3 A
94
16
M=0,6Nm
0,3 B
B
<12
3>
42
16
20
32
35,54
41,5
30
M20x1,5 (3x)
A
41
Safety Switches with Separate Actuator, Metal Housing
For
safe
ty p
reca
utio
ns s
ee p
age
160
For
tech
nica
l dat
a se
e pa
ge 1
17
Subject to technical modifications; no responsibility is accepted for the accuracy of this information.
Ordering tableSeries Connection Switching element Version Order No./item
22131 106736
SGA Plug connector3 NC + 1 NO SGA2E-2131ASR11
SR11
Dimension drawing
Wiring diagrams Actuator inserted
Plug connector SR1111-pin + PE
Please order actuatorseparately(see page 94-96)
Insertion depth
Insertiondepth
33 34
41 42
11 12
21 22
1
2345
678
SR11
2131
<40>
30
31
30
4,1
5,2
76
M=0,6Nm
h
0,3 A
94
16
M=0,6Nm
CD
A
0,3 BB
42
16
20
32
35,54
30
23
41,5
123
M20x1,5 (3x)
B
A
v
For mating connectors see page 100
42
Safety Switches with Separate Actuator, Metal Housing
Subject to technical modifications; no responsibility is accepted for the accuracy of this information.
<40>
3031
30
4,1
5,2
76v
h
0,3 A
9
4
16
M=0,6Nm
0,3 B
B
<12
3>
16
32
35,54
41,5
30
56
222
M20x1,5 (2x)
A
Pos. 1
Pos. 2
Safety switch SGAMetal housing, metal actuating head2 illuminated pushbuttonsPlug connector RC18
Dimension drawing
Wiring diagrams Actuator inserted
Approach directionCan be adjusted horizontally andvertically in 90° steps
Switching elements2121 Slow-action switching contact
4 NC
Plug connector RC1818-pin + PE
For mating connectors see page 101-102
Please order actuatorseparately(see page 94-96)
Insertion depth
Insertiondepth
RC18
18310
31 32
41 42
11 12
21 22
511617
YE
WH
429131918715
S1
S2
2121 ETX5
Ordering tableSeries Connection Switching element Version Order No./item
2Item 1:
SGA Plug connector2121 Yellow button 104012
RC184 NC Item 2: SGA2A-2121ARC18-ETX5
White button
Button S1illuminated yellow
Button S2Illuminated white
Safety Switches with Separate Actuator, Plastic Housing
43
Selection table for safety switches TP with guard locking and guard lock monitoring
ReleaseDoor monitoring Overtravel Connection Page
featureHE FE TP1/2 TP3/4 TP5/6 A K M SR6 SM8 SR11 BHA12 RC18� � � � 44� � � � � 45� � � � 46� � � � � 47� � � � 48 - 51� � � � � 52� � � � 53� � � � 54� � � � � 55
� � � � 56� � � � � � 57� � � � � 58� � � � � 59
Release featureHE Mechanical release on the front
FE Escape release on the rear side
Door monitoringTP1/2 Without door monitoring contact
TP3/4 With door monitoring contactTP5/6 With door unlock request contact
OvertravelA Increased horizontal overtravel
K Increased horizontal and vertical overtravel
ConnectionM Thread M20x1.5 for cable glands
SR6 Plug connector; 6-pin+PE
SM8Plug connector M12;8-pin
SR11Plug connector;11-pin+PE
BHA12Plug connector;12-pin
Plug con-
RC18nector;18-pin. +PE
Safety Switches with Separate Actuator, Plastic Housing
Subject to technical modifications; no responsibility is accepted for the accuracy of this information.44
Safety switch TP with guard locking and guard lock monitoringMechanical release on the frontWithout door monitoring contactIncreased horizontal overtravel
Dimension drawing
Wiring diagrams Actuator inserted and locked
Approach directionHorizontal and verticalCan be adjusted in 90° stepsIncreased overtravel for horizontalapproach direction.
Mechanical releaseIs used for releasing the guard locking with theaid of a tool. The mechanical release is sealedwith sealing lacquer to prevent tampering.
Solenoid operating voltageAC/DC 24 V +10%, -15%
AC 110 V +10%, -15%AC 230 V +10%, -15%
LED function display (optional)A function display (2 LEDs, red and green) isavailable for the following voltage ranges:
AC/DC 24 V +10%, -15%
Guard locking typesTP1 Closed-circuit current principle, guard locking
by spring force. Release by applying voltageto the interlocking solenoid.
TP2 Open-circuit current principle, guard lockingby applying voltage to the interlockingsolenoid. Release by spring force.
Switching elements528 Slow-action switching element 1 NC + 1 NO538 Slow-action switching element 2 NC
2121 Slow-action switching element 4 NC 4131 Slow-action switching element 2 NC + 2 NO
Cable entry M20 x 1.5
For cable glands see page 104
Ordering table
Series ConnectionGuard Switching
VersionSolenoid operating voltage
locking element AC/DC 24 V AC 110 V AC 230 V528 084295 084300 084304
1 NC + 1 NO TP1-528A024M TP1-528A110M TP1-528A230M528 024L 094058
- -1 NC + 1 NO LED display AC/DC 24 V TP1-528A024L024M
1 538 084310 084315 084320Mechanical 2 NC TP1-538A024M TP1-538A110M TP1-538A230M
538 024L 093459- -
M2 NC LED display AC/DC 24 V TP1-538A024L024M
TP Cable entry4131 084115 084116 084117
3 x M20 x 1.52 NC + 2 NO TP1-4131A024M TP1-4131A110M TP1-4131A230M
528 084325 084330 0843321 NC + 1 NO TP2-528A024M TP2-528A110M TP2-528A230M
538 084333 084334 0843352 2 NC TP2-538A024M TP2-538A110M TP2-538A230M
Electrical 2121 096528- -
4 NC TP2-2121A024M4131 084125 084126 084128
2 NC + 2 NO TP2-4131A024M TP2-4131A110M TP2-4131A230M1) with cable entry M, DC 24 V / AC 110 V
For switching functions see technical data on page 131
2121
11122122
31 32
41 42
11 12
21 22
31324142
E1E2
2121
21
221112
11 12
21 22
538
LED
E1E2
KL1
KL2
LEDs optional
RD
KL3
KL4GN
538
21
221314
13 14
21 22
528
LED
E1E2
KL1
KL2
LEDs optional
RD
KL3
KL4GN
52841
31
13142122
33 34
41 42
13 14
21 22
33344142
E1E2
4131(without doormonitoringcontact)
h
35
3,5
30
40
144
192
22
16
43
8,5
3,5
31
M20
x1,5
(3x)
42
16v
Insertiondepth
Insertion depth
Locking screw
Mechanical release
For M5 > 35 mmISO 1207 (DIN 84)ISO 4762 (DIN 912)
LED display (optional)
Please orderactuator separately(see pages 90-93)
Safety Switches with Separate Actuator, Plastic Housing
For
safe
ty p
reca
utio
ns s
ee p
age
160
For
tech
nica
l dat
a se
e pa
ge 1
17
Subject to technical modifications; no responsibility is accepted for the accuracy of this information. 45
Dimension drawing
Wiring diagrams Actuator inserted and locked
Plug connector SR66-pin + PE
For plug connectors see page 100
Plug connector SR1111-pin + PE
For plug connectors see page 100
Ordering table
Series Connection Guard locking Switching elementSolenoid operating voltage
AC/DC 24 V AC 110 V AC 230 V528 087431 087435 087438
1 1 NC + 1 NO TP1-528A024SR6 TP1-528A110SR6 TP1-528A230SR6Mechanical 538 087433 087436 087439
SR6 2 NC TP1-538A024SR6 TP1-538A110SR6 TP1-538A230SR6Plug connector 528 087441 087444 087448
TP2 1 NC + 1 NO TP2-528A024SR6 TP2-528A110SR6 TP2-528A230SR6
Electrical 538 087442 087446 0874492 NC TP2-538A024SR6 TP2-538A110SR6 TP2-538A230SR6
1 4131 088202- -
SR11 Mechanical 2 NC + 2 NO TP1-4131A024SR11Plug connector 2 4131 088203
- -Electrical 2 NC + 2 NO TP2-4131A024SR11
3
412
13 14
21 22
SR6
56
528
3
412
11 12
21 22
SR6
56
538
SR11
1234
33 34
41 42
13 14
21 22
5678
910
4131(without door
monitoring contact)
28
h35
3,5
30
40
144
192
22
16
43
8,5
3,5
31M
20x1
,5 (3
x)
42
16v
Insertiondepth
Insertion depth
Locking screw
Mechanical release
For M5 > 35 mmISO 1207 (DIN 84)ISO 4762 (DIN 912)
28
h
35
3,5
30
40
144
192
2216
43
8,5
3,5
31
M20
x1,5
(3x)
42
16v
Insertiondepth
Insertion depth
Locking screw
Mechanical release
For M5 > 35 mmISO 1207 (DIN 84)ISO 4762 (DIN 912)
For switching functions see technical data on page 131 For switching functions see technical data on page 131
Please orderactuator separately(see pages 90-93)
Please orderactuator separately(see pages 90-93)
2) With solenoid operating voltage AC/DC 24 V only
Safety Switches with Separate Actuator, Plastic Housing
Subject to technical modifications; no responsibility is accepted for the accuracy of this information.46
Safety switch TP with guard locking and guard lock monitoringMechanical release on the frontWithout door monitoring contactIncreased overtravel for horizontal andvertical approach direction
Dimension drawing
Wiring diagrams Actuator inserted and locked
Approach directionHorizontal and verticalCan be adjusted in 90° stepsIncreased overtravel for horizontal andvertical approach direction.
Mechanical releaseIs used for releasing the guard locking with the aid ofa tool. The mechanical release is sealed withsealing lacquer to prevent tampering.
Solenoid operating voltageAC/DC 24 V +10%, -15%
AC 110 V +10%, -15%AC 230 V +10%, -15%
Guard locking typesTP1 Closed-circuit current principle, guard locking
by spring force. Release by applying voltageto the interlocking solenoid.
TP2 Open-circuit current principle, guard lockingby applying voltage to the interlockingsolenoid. Release by spring force.
Switching elements528 Slow-action switching element 1 NC + 1 NO538 Slow-action switching element 2 NC
4131 Slow-action switching element 2 NC + 2 NO
Cable entry M20 x 1.5
For cable glands see page 104
Ordering table
Series Connection Guard locking Switching elementSolenoid operating voltage
AC/DC 24 V AC 110 V AC 230 V528 084342
On request On request1 NC + 1 NO TP1-528K024M
1 538 084343On request On request
Mechanical 2 NC TP1-538K024M
M4131 084150 084254 084255
TP Cable entry2 NC + 2 NO TP1-4131K024M TP1-4131K110M TP1-4131K230M
3 x M20 x 1.5528 084344
On request On request1 NC + 1 NO TP2-528K024M
2 538 084346On request On request
Electrical 2 NC TP2-538K024M4131 084253
On request On request2 NC + 2 NO TP2-4131K024M
1) With cable entry M, DC 24 V / AC 110 V
21
221314
13 14
21 22
528
E1E2
528
21
221112
11 12
21 22
538
E1E2
538
4131
13142122
33 34
41 42
13 14
21 22
33344142
E1E2
4131(without
door monitoringcontact)
For switching functions see technical data on page 131
423,5
30
40
144
199
31
16
50
8,5
3,5
h
42
22
16
M20
x1,5
(3x)
v
Insertiondepth
Insertion depth
Locking screw
Mechanical release
For M5 > 35 mmISO 1207 (DIN 84)ISO 4762 (DIN 912)
Please orderactuator separately(see pages 90-93)
Safety Switches with Separate Actuator, Plastic Housing
For
safe
ty p
reca
utio
ns s
ee p
age
160
For
tech
nica
l dat
a se
e pa
ge 1
17
Subject to technical modifications; no responsibility is accepted for the accuracy of this information. 47
Dimension drawing
Wiring diagrams Actuator inserted and locked
Plug connector SR66-pin + PE
Plug connector SR1111-pin + PE
Ordering table
Series Connection Guard locking Switching elementSolenoid operating voltage
AC/DC 24 V AC 110 V AC 230 V528 088210
On request On request1 1 NC + 1 NO TP1-528K024SR6
Mechanical 538 088212On request On request
SR6 2 NC TP1-538K024SR6Plug connector 528 088214
On request On requestTP
2 1 NC + 1 NO TP2-528K024SR6Electrical 538 088215
On request On request2 NC TP2-538K024SR6
1 4131 088217- -
SR11 Mechanical 2 NC + 2 NO TP1-4131K024SR11Plug connector 2 4131 088218
- -Electrical 2 NC + 2 NO TP2-4131K024SR11
For plug connectors see page 100 For plug connectors see page 100
3
412
13 14
21 22
SR6
56
528
3
412
11 12
21 22
SR6
56
538
SR11
1234
33 34
41 42
13 14
21 22
5678
910
4131(without
door monitoringcontact)
For switching functions see technical data on page 131 For switching functions see technical data on page 131
28
423,5
30
40
144
199
31
16
50
8,5
3,5
h
42
22
16
M20
x1,5
(3x)
v
Insertiondepth
Insertion depth
Locking screw
Mechanical release
For M5 > 35 mmISO 1207 (DIN 84)ISO 4762 (DIN 912)
28
423,5
30
40
144
199
31
16
50
8,5
3,5
h
42
22
16
M20
x1,5
(3x)
v
Insertiondepth
Insertion depth
Locking screw
Mechanical release
For M5 > 35 mmISO 1207 (DIN 84)ISO 4762 (DIN 912)
Please orderactuator separately(see pages 90-93)
Please orderactuator separately(see pages 90-93)
2) With solenoid operating voltage AC/DC 24 V only
Safety Switches with Separate Actuator, Plastic Housing
Subject to technical modifications; no responsibility is accepted for the accuracy of this information.48
For cable glands see page 104
Safety switch TP with guard locking and guard lock monitoringMechanical release on the frontWith door monitoring contactIncreased horizontal overtravel
Dimension drawing
Wiring diagrams Actuator inserted and locked
Approach directionHorizontal and verticalCan be adjusted in 90° stepsIncreased overtravel for horizontalapproach direction.
Mechanical releaseIs used for releasing the guard locking with the aid ofa tool. The mechanical release is sealed withsealing lacquer to prevent tampering.
Solenoid operating voltageAC/DC 24 V +10%, -15%
AC 110 V +10%, -15%AC 230 V +10%, -15%
Guard locking typesTP3 Closed-circuit current principle, guard locking
by spring force. Release by applying voltageto the interlocking solenoid.
TP4 Open-circuit current principle, guard lockingby applying voltage to the interlockingsolenoid. Release by spring force.
Switching elements537 Slow-action switching element
1 NC + 1 NC (door monitoring contact)2131 Slow-action switching element
2 NC + 1 NO + 1 NC (door monitoringcontact)
4121 Slow-action switching element2 NC + 1 NC / 1 NO (door monit. contact)
4131 Slow-action switching element2 NC + 1 NO + 1 NO (door monit.contact)
4141 Slow-action switching element2 NC + 2NC (door monit. contacts)
Cable entry M20 x 1.5
2131
12112122
33 34
41 42
11 12
21 22
33344142
E1E2
2131
537
E1E2
21
22
1112
11 12
21 22
537
4121
1314
2122
31 32
41 42
13 14
21 22
3132
4142
E1E2
4121
4131
1314
2122
33 34
41 42
13 14
21 22
33344142
E1E2
4131
4141
1112
2122
31 32
41 42
11 12
21 22
3132
4142
E1E2
4141
For switching functions see technical data on page 132
h
35
3,5
30
40
144
192
22
16
43
8,5
3,5
31
M20
x1,5
(3x)
42
16v
Insertiondepth
Insertion depth
Locking screw
Mechanical release
For M5 > 35 mmISO 1207 (DIN 84)ISO 4762 (DIN 912)
Solenoid monitoring
Door monitoring
Please orderactuator separately(see pages 90-93)
43<46>
27ca
.
32
24
EX-version 2)
with protective plate and protective sleeve
Protectiveplate
Protectivesleeve
Cable gland M20x1.5 (included in scope of delivery
for EX-version)
2)1)
Ordering table
Series Connection Guard locking Switching element VersionSolenoid operating voltage
AC/DC 24 V AC 110 V AC 230 V537 084336 084337 084338
1 NC + 1 NC TP3-537A024M TP3-537A110M TP3-537A230M084142 084143 084144
TP3-2131A024M TP3-2131A110M TP3-2131A230M2131 ATEX 093791 2)
- -M 2 NC Incl. cable gland TP3-2131A024M-EX
Cable3
+ 1 NO + 1 NC C1761084290 3)
TP entryMechanical
Cable wiringTP3-2131A024MC1761
- -3 x in rear of housing
M20 x 1.5 4121 084135 084137 0841382 NC + 1 NC / 1 NO TP3-4121A024M TP3-4121A110M TP3-4121A230M
4131 084129 084130 0841312 NC + 1 NO + 1 NO TP3-4131A024M TP3-4131A110M TP3-4131A230M
4141 084270 088264-
2 NC + 2 NC TP3-4141A024M TP3-4141A110M1) With cable entry M, DC 24 V / AC 110 V 2) II 3 G Ex nC IIB T4 X / II 3 D Ex tD A22 T110°C X 3) No approvals
Safety Switches with Separate Actuator, Plastic Housing
For
safe
ty p
reca
utio
ns s
ee p
age
160
For
tech
nica
l dat
a se
e pa
ge 1
17
Subject to technical modifications; no responsibility is accepted for the accuracy of this information. 49
For cable glands see page 104
Dimension drawing(Version C1761, see ordering table page 48)
Cable entry M20 x 1.5
Wiring diagrams Actuator inserted and locked
For switching functions see technical data on page 132
Ordering table
Series Connection Guard locking Switching element VersionSolenoid operating voltage
AC/DC 24 V AC 110 V AC 230 V537 084339 084340 084341
1 NC + 1 NC TP4-537A024M TP4-537A110M TP4-537A230MM 2131 084145 084147 084148
2 NC + 1 NO + 1NC TP4-2131A024M TP4-2131A110M TP4-2131A230MCable 2131 ATEX 093793 2)
- -TP
entry 4 2 NC + 1 NO + 1NC Incl. cable gland TP4-2131A024M-EX3 x Electrical 4121 084139 084140 084141
M20 x 1.5 2 NC + 1 NC / 1 NO TP4-4121A024M TP4-4121A110M TP4-4121A230M4131 084132 084133 084134
2 NC + 1 NO + 1 NO TP4-4131A024M TP4-4131A110M TP4-4131A230M4141 084275
- -2 NC + 2 NC TP4-4141A024M
1) With cable entry M, DC 24 V / AC 110 V 2) II 3 G Ex nC IIB T4 X / II 3 D Ex tD A22 T110°C X
h
35
3,5
30
40
144
192
22
16
43
8,5
3,5
31
M20
x1,5
(3x)
42
16v
18
∅12
Insertion depth
Locking screw
Mechanical release
For M5 > 35 mmISO 1207 (DIN 84)ISO 4762 (DIN 912)
Flat seal
Optionalcable entry(C1761) on therear of housing
Solenoid monitoring
Door monitoring
Please orderactuator separately(see pages 90-93)
43<46>
27ca
.
32
24
EX-version 2)
with protective plate and protective sleeve
Protectiveplate
Protectivesleeve
Cable gland M20x1.5 (included in scope of delivery
for EX-version)
2131
1112
2122
33 34
41 42
11 12
21 22
33344142
E1E2
2131
537
E1E2
21
22
1112
11 12
21 22
537
4121
1314
2122
31 32
41 42
13 14
21 22
3132
4142
E1E2
4121
4131
1314
2122
33 34
41 42
13 14
21 22
33344142
E1E2
4131
4141
1112
2122
31 32
41 42
11 12
21 22
3132
4142
E1E2
4141
Insertion depth
2)1)
Safety Switches with Separate Actuator, Plastic Housing
Subject to technical modifications; no responsibility is accepted for the accuracy of this information.50
For cable glands see page 104
Safety switch TP with guard locking and guard lock monitoringMechanical release on the frontWith door monitoring contactIncreased horizontal overtravel
Dimension drawing
Wiring diagrams Actuator inserted and locked
Approach directionHorizontal and verticalCan be adjusted in 90° stepsIncreased overtravel for horizontalapproach direction.
Mechanical releaseIs used for releasing the guard locking with the aid ofa tool. The mechanical release is sealed withsealing lacquer to prevent tampering.
Solenoid operating voltageAC/DC 24 V +10%, -15%
LED function displayA function display (2 LEDs, red and green) isavailable for the following voltage ranges:
AC/DC 24 V +10%, -15%
Guard locking typesTP3 Closed-circuit current principle, guard locking
by spring force. Release by applying voltageto the interlocking solenoid.
TP4 Open-circuit current principle, guard lockingby applying voltage to the interlockingsolenoid. Release by spring force.
Switching elements537 Slow-action switching element
1 NC + 1 NC (door monitoring contact)2131 Slow-action switching element
2 NC + 1 NO + 1 NC (door monit. contact)4121 Slow-action switching element
2 NC + 1 NC / 1 NO (door monit. contact)4131 Slow-action switching element
2 NC + 1 NO + 1 NO (door monit. contact)
Cable entry M20 x 1.5
Ordering table
Series Connection Guard locking Switching element VersionSolenoid operating voltage
AC/DC 24 V537 024L 093460
1 NC + 1 NC LED display AC/DC 24 V TP3-537A024L024M2131 024L 093634
M2 NC + 1 NO + 1NC LED display AC/DC 24 V TP3-2131A024L024M
Cable2131 C1787 084289
TP entry3 2 NC + 1 NO + 1 NC 3 positively driven contacts TP3-2131A024MC1787
3 xMechanical 4121 024L 093636
M20 x 1.52 NC + 1 NC/ 1NO LED display AC/DC 24 V TP3-4121A024L024M
4121 C1787 0841582 NC + 1 NC + 1 NO 3 positively driven contacts TP3-4121A024MC1787
4131 024L 0984032 NC + 1 NO + 1NO LED display AC/DC 24 V TP3-4131A024L024M
For switching functions see technical data on page 132
Solenoid monitoring
Door monitoring
Please orderactuator separately(see pages 90-93)
h
35
3,5
30
40
144
192
22
16
43
8,5
3,5
31
M20
x1,5
(3x)
42
16v
Insertiondepth
Insertion depth
Locking screw
Mechanical release
For M5 > 35 mmISO 1207 (DIN 84)ISO 4762 (DIN 912)
LED display (optional)
SR11
12
34
33 34
41 42
13 14
21 22
5678
910
4131
537
E1E2
21
22
1112
11 12
21 22
LED
KL1
KL2RD
KL3
KL4GN
537
2131
1112
2122
33 34
41 42
11 12
21 22
33344142
E1E2
2131
2131
1112
2122
33 34
41 42
11 12
21 22
33344142
E1E2
LED
KL1
KL2RD
KL3
KL4GN
2131C1787
4121
1314
2122
31 32
41 42
13 14
21 22
3132
4142
E1E2
LED
KL1
KL2RD
KL3
KL4GN
4121C1787
4121
1314
2122
31 32
41 42
13 14
21 22
3132
4142
E1E2
4121
Safety Switches with Separate Actuator, Plastic Housing
For
safe
ty p
reca
utio
ns s
ee p
age
160
For
tech
nica
l dat
a se
e pa
ge 1
17
Subject to technical modifications; no responsibility is accepted for the accuracy of this information. 51
For cable glands see page 104
Dimension drawing
Cable entry M20 x 1.5
Wiring diagrams Actuator inserted and locked
For switching functions see technical data on page 132
Ordering table
Series Connection Guard locking Switching element VersionSolenoid operating voltage
AC/DC 24 V2131 024L 093635
M2 NC + 1 NO + 1NC LED display AC/DC 24 V TP4-2131A024L024M
Cable2131 C1787 084159
TP entry4 2 NC + 1 NO + 1 NC 3 positively driven contacts TP4-2131A024MC1787
3 xElectrical 4121 024L 093637
M20 x 1.52 NC + 1 NC / 1 NO LED display AC/DC 24 V TP4-4121A024L024M
4121 C1787 0841602 NC + 1 NC + 1 S 3 positively driven contact TP4-4121A024MC1787
Solenoid monitoring
Door monitoring
Please orderactuator separately(see pages 90-93)
h
35
3,5
30
40
144
192
22
16
43
8,5
3,5
31
M20
x1,5
(3x)
42
16v
Insertiondepth
Insertion depth
Locking screw
Mechanical release
For M5 > 35 mmISO 1207 (DIN 84)ISO 4762 (DIN 912)
LED display (optional)
4121
1314
2122
31 32
41 42
13 14
21 22
3132
4142
E1E2
4121
4121
1314
2122
31 32
41 42
13 14
21 22
3132
4142
E1E2
LED
KL1
KL2RD
KL3
KL4GN
4121C1787
2131
1112
2122
33 34
41 42
11 12
21 22
33344142
E1E2
2131
2131
1112
2122
33 34
41 42
11 12
21 22
33344142
E1E2
LED
KL1
KL2RD
KL3
KL4GN
2131C1787
Safety Switches with Separate Actuator, Plastic Housing
Subject to technical modifications; no responsibility is accepted for the accuracy of this information.52
Dimension drawing
Wiring diagrams Actuator inserted and locked
Plug connector SR66-pin + PE
For plug connectors see page 100
Plug connector SM8Plug M12, 8-pin
SM8
12
34
31 32
41 42
11 12
21 22
78
56
4141
SR6
56
3
4
12
11 12
21 22
537
2835
3,5
144
192
22
16
43
31
M20
x1,5
(3x)
42
16
h
30
40
8,5
3,5
16v
Insertiondepth
Insertion depth
Locking screw
Mechanical release
For M5 > 35 mmISO 1207 (DIN 84)ISO 4762 (DIN 912)
For switching functions see technical data on page 132
Safety switch TP with guard locking and guard lock monitoring
Mechanical release on the frontWith door monitoring contactIncreased horizontal overtravel
Approach directionHorizontal and verticalCan be adjusted in 90° stepsIncreased overtravel for horizontalapproach direction.
Mechanical releaseIs used for releasing the guard locking with the aid ofa tool. The mechanical release is sealed withsealing lacquer to prevent tampering.
Solenoid operating voltageAC/DC 24 V +10%, -15%
AC 110 V +10%, -15%AC 230 V +10%, -15%
Guard locking typesTP3 Closed-circuit current principle, guard locking
by spring force. Release by applying voltageto the interlocking solenoid.
TP4 Open-circuit current principle, guard lockingby applying voltage to the interlockingsolenoid. Release by spring force.
Switching elements537 Slow-action switching element
1 NC + 1 NC (door monitoring contact)2131 Slow-action switching element
2 NC + 1 NO + 1 NC (door monit. contact)4121 Slow-action switching element
2 NC + 1 NC / 1 NO (door monit. contact)4131 Slow-action switching element
2 NC + 1 NO + 1 NO (door monit. contact)4141 Slow-action switching element
2 NC + 2NC (door monit. contacts)
Ordering table
Series Connection Guard locking Switching element VersionSolenoid operating voltage
AC/DC 24 V AC 110 V AC 230 V
SR63 537 087434 087437 087440
PlugMechanical 1 NC + 1 NC TP3-537A024SR6 TP3-537A110SR6 TP3-537A230SR6
connector4 537 087443 087447 087450
Electrical 1 NC + 1 NC TP4-537A024SR6 TP4-537A110SR6 TP4-537A230SR6
TP 3 4141C1992
087377 1) - -SM8Mechanical 2 NC + 2 NC
Direct connection toTP3-4141A024SM8C1992Plug safe bus module
connector4 4141
C1992087378 1) - -M12
Electrical 2 NC + 2 NC Direct connection to
TP4-4141A024SM8C1992safe bus module1) No BG approval2) With solenoid operating voltage AC/DC 24 V only
For switching functions see technical data on page 132
Solenoid monitoring
Door monitoring
Solenoid monitoring
Door monitoring
Please orderactuator separately(see pages 90-93)
Please orderactuator separately(see pages 90-93)
2) 2)
Safety Switches with Separate Actuator, Plastic Housing
For
safe
ty p
reca
utio
ns s
ee p
age
160
For
tech
nica
l dat
a se
e pa
ge 1
17
Subject to technical modifications; no responsibility is accepted for the accuracy of this information. 53
Plug connector SR1111-pin + PE
For plug connectors see page 100
Ordering table
Series Connection Guard locking Switching element VersionSolenoid operating voltage
AC/DC 24 V AC 110 V AC 230 V2131 088205
- -2 NC + 1 NO + 1NC TP3-2131A024SR114121 088206
- -3 2 NC + 1 NC / 1 NO TP3-4121A024SR11Mechanical 4131 088204
- -2 NC + 1 NO + 1 NO TP3-4131A024SR11
SR114141 088922
- -TP Plug
2 NC + 2 NC TP3-4141A024SR11
connector2131 088208
- -2 NC + 1 NO + 1NC TP4-2131A024SR114121 088209
- -4 2 NC + 1 NC / 1 NO TP4-4121A024SR11Electrical 4131 088207
- -2 NC + 1 NO + 1 NO TP4-4131A024SR114141 088923
- -2 NC + 2 NC TP4-4141A024SR11
For switching functions see technical data on page 132
28
h
35
3,5
30
40
144
192
22
16
43
8,5
3,5
31
M20
x1,5
(3x)
42
16v
Insertiondepth
Insertion depth
Locking screw
Mechanical release
For M5 > 35 mmISO 1207 (DIN 84)ISO 4762 (DIN 912)
Solenoid monitoring
Door monitoring
Please orderactuator separately(see pages 90-93)
Dimension drawing
Wiring diagrams Actuator inserted and locked
2131
SR11
12
34
31 32
41 42
11 12
21 22
56
78
910
4141
SR11
12
34
31 32
41 42
13 14
21 22
56
78
910
4121
SR11
12
34
33 34
41 42
13 14
21 22
5678
910
4131
SR11
12
34
33 34
41 42
11 12
21 22
5678
910
2) With solenoid operating voltage AC/DC 24 V only
2)
Safety Switches with Separate Actuator, Plastic Housing
Subject to technical modifications; no responsibility is accepted for the accuracy of this information.54
Safety switch TP with guard locking and guard lock monitoringMechanical release on the frontWith door monitoring contactIncreased overtravel for horizontal andvertical approach direction
Dimension drawing
Wiring diagrams Actuator inserted and locked
Approach directionHorizontal and verticalCan be adjusted in 90° stepsIncreased overtravel for horizontal andvertical approach direction.
Mechanical releaseIs used for releasing the guard locking with the aid ofa tool. The mechanical release is sealed withsealing lacquer to prevent tampering.
Solenoid operating voltageAC/DC 24 V +10%, -15%
AC 110 V +10%, -15%AC 230 V +10%, -15%
Guard locking typesTP3 Closed-circuit current principle, guard locking
by spring force. Release by applying voltageto the interlocking solenoid.
TP4 Open-circuit current principle, guard lockingby applying voltage to the interlockingsolenoid. Release by spring force.
Switching elements537 Slow-action switching element
1 NC + 1 NC (door monitoring contact)2131 Slow-action switching element
2 NC + 1 NO + 1 NC (door monit. contact)4121 Slow-action switching element
2 NC + 1 NC / 1 NO (door monit. contact)4131 Slow-action switching element
2 NC + 1 NO + 1 NO (door monit. contact)4141 Slow-action switching element
2 NC + 2 NC (door monit. contact)
Cable entry M20 x 1.5
For cable glands see page 104
Ordering table
Series Connection Guard locking Switching elementSolenoid operating voltage
AC/DC 24 V AC 110 V AC 230 V537 084347
On request On request1 NC + 1 NO TP3-537K024M2131 084264
On request084265
2 NC + 1 NO + 1 NC TP3-2131K024M TP3-2131K230M4121 084260 084261 084262
3 2 NC + 1 NC + 1 NO TP3-4121K024M TP3-4121K110M TP3-4121K230MMechanical
4121ATEX
094152 2)
2 NC + 1 NC / 1 NOIncl. Cable
TP3-4121K024M-EX- -
gland
M4131 084256 084257 084258
TP Cable entry2 NC + 1 NO + 1NO TP3-4131K024M TP3-4131K110M TP3-4131K230M
3 x M20 x 1.54141 100684 - -
2 NC + 2 NC TP3-4141K024M537 084348 084349
On request1 NC + 1 NO TP4-537K024M TP4-537K110M2131 084266
On request On request2 NC + 1 NO + 1 NC TP4-2131K024M4 4121 084263 084380
On requestElectrical 2 NC + 1 NC / 1 NO TP4-4121K024M TP4-4121K110M4131 084259
On request On request2 NC + 1 NO + 1NO TP4-4131K024M4141 096296
- -2 Ö + 2 Ö TP4-4141K024M1) With cable entry M, DC 24 V / AC 110 V 2) II 3 G Ex nC IIB T4 X / II 3 D Ex tD A22 T110°C X
2131
1112
2122
33 34
41 42
11 12
21 22
33344142
E1E2
2131
537
E1E2
21
22
1112
11 12
21 22
537
4121
1314
2122
31 32
41 42
13 14
21 22
3132
4142
E1E2
4121
4131
1314
2122
33 34
41 42
13 14
21 22
33344142
E1E2
4131
4141
1112
2122
31 32
41 42
11 12
21 22
3132
4142
E1E2
4141
For switching functions see technical data on page 132
423,5
30
40
144
199
31
16
50
8,5
3,5
h
42
22
16
M20
x1,5
(3x)
v
Insertiondepth
Insertion depth
Locking screw
Mechanical release
For M5 > 35 mmISO 1207 (DIN 84)ISO 4762 (DIN 912)
Solenoid monitoring
Door monitoring
Please orderactuator separately(see pages 90-93)
43<46>
27ca
.
32
24
EX-version 1)
with protective plate and protective sleeve
Protectiveplate
Protectivesleeve
Cable gland M20x1.5 (included in scope of delivery
for EX-version)
2)
Safety Switches with Separate Actuator, Plastic Housing
For
safe
ty p
reca
utio
ns s
ee p
age
160
For
tech
nica
l dat
a se
e pa
ge 1
17
Subject to technical modifications; no responsibility is accepted for the accuracy of this information. 55
Dimension drawing
Wiring diagrams Actuator inserted and locked
Plug connector SR66-pin + PE
Plug connector SR1111-pin + PE
For plug connectors see page 100 For plug connectors see page 100
Ordering table
Series Connection Guard locking Switching elementSolenoid operating voltage
AC/DC 24 V
SR63 537 088213
PlugMechanical 1 NC + 1 NO TP3-537K024SR6
connector4 537 088216
Electrical 1 NC + 1 NO TP4-537K024SR62131 088220
2 NC + 1 NO + 1 NC TP3-2131K024SR113 4121 088221
TPMechanical 2 NC + 1 NC / 1 NO TP3-4121K024SR11
SR114131 088219
Plug2 NC + 1 NO + 1NO TP3-4131K024SR11
connector2131 088223
2 NC + 1 NO + 1 NC TP4-2131K024SR11
44121 088224
Electrical2 NC + 1 NC / 1 NO TP4-4121K024SR11
4131 0882222 NC + 1 NO + 1NO TP4-4131K024SR11
4141 0882302 NC + 2 NC TP4-4141K024SR11
SR6
56
3
4
12
11 12
21 22
537
For switching functions see technical data on page 132 For switching functions see technical data on page 132
28
423,5
30
40
144
199
31
16
50
8,5
3,5
h
42
22
16
M20
x1,5
(3x)
v
Insertiondepth
Insertion depth
Locking screw
Mechanical release
For M5 > 35 mmISO 1207 (DIN 84)ISO 4762 (DIN 912)
28
423,5
30
40
144
199
31
16
50
8,5
3,5
h
42
22
16
M20
x1,5
(3x)
v
Insertiondepth
Insertion depth
Locking screw
Mechanical release
For M5 > 35 mmISO 1207 (DIN 84)ISO 4762 (DIN 912)
Solenoid monitoring
Door monitoring
Solenoid monitoring
Door monitoring
Please orderactuator separately(see pages 90-93)
Please orderactuator separately(see pages 90-93)
SR11
12
34
31 32
41 42
11 12
21 22
56
78
910
4141
SR11
12
34
31 32
41 42
13 14
21 22
56
78
910
4121
SR11
12
34
33 34
41 42
11 12
21 22
5678
910
2131SR
1112
34
33 34
41 42
13 14
21 22
5678
910
4131
Safety Switches with Separate Actuator, Plastic Housing
Subject to technical modifications; no responsibility is accepted for the accuracy of this information.56
Safety switch TP with guard locking and guard lock monitoringAuxiliary shutdown feature on the frontWith door unlock request contactIncreased horizontal overtravel
Dimension drawing
Wiring diagrams Actuator inserted and locked
Approach directionHorizontal and verticalCan be adjusted in 90° stepsIncreased overtravel for horizontalapproach direction.
Auxiliary shutdown featureWhen actuated, positively driven contacts 21-22 areopened. The safety guard remains locked. Theauxiliary shutdown feature must be sealed to preventtampering (for example with sealing lacquer).
Door unlock request contactWhen the actuator is in the locked state positivelydriven contact 21-22 is opened by pulling thesafety guard (6 mm actuator stroke) as a resultof which a signal is forwarded to the controllingPLC. Depending on the control concept, thesafety guard can be unlocked automatically –when machine components which were stillrunning have stopped.
Solenoid operating voltageAC/DC 24 V +10%, -15%
AC 110 V +10%, -15%AC 230 V +10%, -15%
LED function display (optional)A function display (2 LEDs, red and green) isavailable for the following voltage ranges:
AC/DC 24 V +10%, -15%
Guard locking typesTP5 Closed-circuit current principle, guard locking
by spring force. Release by applying voltageto the interlocking solenoid.
TP6 Open-circuit current principle, guard lockingby applying voltage to the interlockingsolenoid. Release by spring force.
Switching elements4120 Slow-action switching element
1 NC (door unlock request contact) +1 NC + 1 NO (solenoid monit. contact)
Cable entry M20 x 1.5
For cable glands see page 104
Ordering table
Series Connection Guard locking Switching element VersionSolenoid operating voltage
AC/DC 24 V AC 110 V AC 230 V
M5 4120 084279
On request088241
Cable entryMechanical 1 NC + 1 NC + 1 NO TP5-4120A024M TP5-4120A230M
3 x M20 x 1.56 4120 084280
On request On requestElectrical 1 NC + 1 NC + 1 NO TP6-4120A024M
TP5 4120 094895 2)
- -SR11
Mechanical 1 NC + 1 NC + 1 NO TP5-4120A024SR11
Plug5 4120 024L 094902 2)
- -connector
Mechanical 1 NC + 1 NC + 1 NO LED display AC/DC 24 V TP5-4120A024L024SR11
6 4120 096204 2)
- -Electrical 1 NC + 1 NC + 1 NO TP6-4120A024SR11
For plug connectors see page 100
Plug connector SR1111-pin + PE
4120
2122
1314
31 32
21 22
13 14
3132
E1E2
4120
4120
35
3,5
144
192
22
1643
31
M20
x1,5
(3x)
42
28
h
30
40
8,5
3,5
16v
Insertiondepth
Insertion depth
Locking screw
Auxiliary shutdown feature
For M5 > 35 mmISO 1207 (DIN 84)ISO 4762 (DIN 912)
For switching functions see technical data on page 132 For switching functions see technical data on page 132
LED display (optional)
Solenoid monitoring
Door unlock request contact
Solenoid monitoring
Door unlock request contact
Please orderactuator separately(see pages 90-93)
Please orderactuator separately(see pages 90-93)
4120
34
12
31 32
21 22
13 14
56
910
LED
11
8RD
7GN
1) 2)
1) With cable entry M, DC 24 V / AC 110 V 2) With solenoid operating voltage AC/DC 24 V only
Safety Switches with Separate Actuator, Plastic Housing
For
safe
ty p
reca
utio
ns s
ee p
age
160
For
tech
nica
l dat
a se
e pa
ge 1
17
Subject to technical modifications; no responsibility is accepted for the accuracy of this information. 57
Safety switch TP with guard locking and guard lock monitoringEscape release from the rearWith door monitoring contactIncreased horizontal overtravel
Approach directionHorizontal and verticalCan be adjusted in 90° stepsIncreased overtravel for horizontalapproach direction.
Escape releaseIs used for the manual release of the guardlocking from within the danger area without tools.With identification of On/Off position.
Solenoid operating voltageAC/DC 24 V +10%, -15%
Guard locking typesTP3 Closed-circuit current principle, guard locking
by spring force. Release by applying voltageto the interlocking solenoid.
Switching elements2131 Slow-action switching element
2 NC + 1 NO + 1 NC(door monitoring contact)
4121 Slow-action switching element2 NC + 1 NC / 1 NO(door monitoring contact)
4131 Slow-action switching element2 NC + 1 NO + 1 NO(door monitoring contact)
4141 Slow-action switching element2 NC + 2NC (door monitoring contacts)
28
30
40
144
8,5
3,5
h
16v
For cable glands see page 104
Please orderactuator separately(siehe Seite 90-93)For cable glands see page 104
Dimension drawing
Wiring diagrams Actuator inserted and locked
Cable entry M20 x 1.5
Insertiondepth
Insertion depth
Locking screw
Mechanical release
For M5 > 35 mmISO 1207 (DIN 84)ISO 4762 (DIN 912)
For switching functions see technical data on page 132
Solenoid monitoring
Door monitoring
Please orderactuator separately(see pages 90-93)
Actuatorshaftshort
Actuatorshaftlong
Plug connector SR1111-pin + PE
35
3,5
144
192
31
22
16
43
61,5
74,7
67,5
M20
x1,5
(3x)42
53
36
4
M4
∅14
20
31
4121
1314
2122
31 32
41 42
13 14
21 22
3132
4142
E1E2
4121
2131
1112
2122
33 34
41 42
11 12
21 22
33344142
E1E2
2131
4141
1112
2122
31 32
41 42
11 12
21 22
3132
4142
E1E2
4141
For switching functions see technical data on page 132
Solenoid monitoring
Door monitoring
2131
SR11
12
34
33 34
41 42
11 12
21 22
5678
910
Ordering table
Series Connection Guard locking Switching element VersionSolenoid operating voltage
AC/DC 24 VC1743 084285
2131 Short actuator shaft TP3-2131A024MC1743
M2 NC + 1 NO + 1 NC C1993 087400
CableLong actuator shaft TP3-2131A024MC1993
entry3 4121 C1743 087427
TP 3 xMechanical 2 NC + 1 NC / 1 NO Short actuator shaft TP3-4121A024MC1743
M20 x 1.54131 C1993 106155
2 NC + 1 NO + 1 NC Long actuator shaft TP3-4131A024MC19934141 C1743 086165
2 NC + 2 NC Short actuator shaft TP3-4141A024MC1743SR11
3 2131 C1993 097897PlugMechanical 2 NC + 1 NO + 1 NC Long actuator shaft TP3-2131A024SR11C1743connector
Safety Switches with Separate Actuator, Plastic Housing
Subject to technical modifications; no responsibility is accepted for the accuracy of this information.58
Safety switch TP with guard locking and guard lock monitoring
Mechanical release on the frontPushbutton and cover for indicatorsWithout door monitoring contactIncreased horizontal overtravel
Approach directionHorizontal and verticalCan be adjusted in 90° stepsIncreased overtravel for horizontalapproach direction.
Mechanical releaseIs used for releasing the guard locking with theaid of a tool. The mechanical release is sealedwith sealing lacquer to prevent tampering.
Solenoid operating voltageAC/DC 24 V +10%, -15%
Cover for indicatorsA cover for indicators (1 LED, green) is availablefor following voltage ranges:
DC 24 V +10%, -15%
Guard locking typesTP3 Closed-circuit current principle, guard locking
by spring force. Release by applying voltageto the interlocking solenoid.
Switching elements4121 Slow-action switching element
2 NC + 1 NC / 1 NO (door monit.contact)
4141 Slow-action switching element2 NC + 2 NC (door monit. contact)
Ordering table
Series Connection Guard locking Switching element VersionSolenoid operating voltage
AC/DC 24 V
BHA12Pos. 1:
Plug3 4121 Green cover for indicator 105388
connectorMechanical 2 NC + 1 NC / 1 NO Pos. 2: TP3-4121A024BHA12EXT1A
TPBlack button
RC18Pos. 1:
Plug-3 4141 Green cover for indicator 103339
connectorMechanical 2 NC + 2 NC Pos. 2: TP3-4141A024RC18EXT1
Black button
Dimension drawing
Plug connector BHA1212-pin
For plug connectors see page 103
Plug connector RC1818-pin + PE
31
3,5
192
22
16
M20
x1,5
(3x)
56
30
46
144
4335
30
<40>
v
h
144
0,3
Pos. 1
Pos. 2
Insertiondepth
Insertion depth
Locking screw
Mechanical release
For M5 > 35 mmISO 1207 (DIN 84)ISO 4762 (DIN 912)
Please orderactuator separately(see pages 90-93)
Please orderactuator separately(see pages 90-93) For plug connectors see page 101/102
Green coverfor indicator
Black button
Wiring diagrams Actuator inserted and lockedRC
18
12
34
31 32
41 42
11 12
21 22
56
78
919
13
11
1415
GN
4141
For switching functions see technical data on page 132 For switching functions see technical data on page 132
Solenoid monitoring
Door unlock request contact
Solenoid monitoring
Door unlock request contact
BHA1
2
12
34
41 42
13 14
21 22
78
5
1211
GN
6
4121 EXT1A
Safety Switches with Separate Actuator, Plastic Housing
For
safe
ty p
reca
utio
ns s
ee p
age
160
For
tech
nica
l dat
a se
e pa
ge 1
17
Subject to technical modifications; no responsibility is accepted for the accuracy of this information. 59
Safety switch TP with guard locking and guard lock monitoringEscape release from the rear2 illuminated pushbuttonsWithout door monitoring contactIncreased horizontal overtravel
Approach directionHorizontal and verticalCan be adjusted in 90° stepsIncreased overtravel for horizontalapproach direction.
Escape releaseIs used for the manual release of the guardlocking from within the danger area without tools.With identification of On/Off position.
Solenoid operating voltageAC/DC 24 V +10%, -15%
LED buttonA cover for indicators (1 LED, green) is availablefor following voltage ranges:
DC 24 V +10%, -15%
Guard locking typesTP3 Closed-circuit current principle, guard locking
by spring force. Release by applying voltageto the interlocking solenoid.
Switching elements2131 Slow-action switching element
2 NC + 1 NO + 1 NC(door monitoring contact)
Ordering table
Series Connection Guard locking Switching element VersionSolenoid operating voltage
AC/DC 24 VC1993
RC18Long actuator shaft
TP Plug3 2131 Pos. 1: 105546
connectorMechanical 2 NC + 1 NO + 1 NC White button TP3-2131A024RC18C1993EXT2
Pos. 2:Blue button
Plug connector RC1818-pin + PE
Insertiondepth
Please orderactuator separately(see pages 90-93) For plug connectors see page 101/102
30
<40>
v
h31
3,5
192
22
16M
20x1
,5 (3
x)
22
46
56
144
4335
0,3
Pos. 1
Pos. 2
14
74,7
67,5
61,5
53
Insertion depth
Locking screw
Mechanical release
For M5 > 35 mmISO 1207 (DIN 84)ISO 4762 (DIN 912)
Buttonilluminated yellow
Buttonilluminated blue
Unlocked
Escapereleasenorm. position
YE
WH
33 34
41 42
11 12
21 22
17
11
13161514
12
345678
919
RC18
2131
For switching functions see technical data on page 132
Solenoid monitoring
Door unlock request contact
Wiring diagrams Actuator inserted and locked
Dimension drawing
Safety Switches with Separate Actuator, Plastic Housing
60
Safety Switches with Separate Actuator, Plastic Housing
61
Selection table for safety switches STP with guard locking and guard lock monitoring
VersionRelease
Door monitoring Connectionfeature Page
Standard BI TW HE FE STP3/4 STP1/2 M SR11 RC18� � � � � � 62 - 65� � � � 66� � � � � � 67� � � � � � 68 - 69
� � � � 71� � � � � 72 - 73
VersionStandard One actuating head made of metal
BI BiState, with additional safety functionTW TWIN, 2 actuating heads made of metal
Release featureHE Mechanical release on the front
FE Escape release on the rear side
Door monitoringSTP3/4 With door monitoring contact
STP1/2 Without door monitoring contact
Connection
MThreadM20x1.5for cable glands
SR11Plug connector;11-pin+PE
RC18Plug connector;18-pin+PE
Safety Switches with Separate Actuator, Plastic Housing
Subject to technical modifications; no responsibility is accepted for the accuracy of this information.62
Safety switch STP with guard locking and guard lock monitoringActuating head made of metalMechanical release on the frontWith door monitoring contact
Approach directionHorizontal and verticalCan be adjusted in 90° steps
Mechanical releaseIs used for releasing the guard locking with the aid ofa tool. The mechanical release is sealed withsealing lacquer to prevent tampering.
Solenoid operating voltageAC/DC 24 V +10%, -15%
AC 110 V +10%, -15%AC 230 V +10%, -15%
LED function display (optional)A function display (2 LEDs, red and green) isavailable for the following voltage ranges:
AC/DC 24 V +10%, -15%
Guard locking typesSTP3 Closed-circuit current principle, guard locking
by spring force. Release by applying voltageto the interlocking solenoid.
STP4 Open-circuit current principle, guard lockingby applying voltage to the interlockingsolenoid. Release by spring force.
Switching elements537 Slow-action switching element
1 NC + 1 NC (door monitoring contact)2131 Slow-action switching element
2 NC + 1 NO + 1 NC (door monit. contact)4121 Slow-action switching element
2 NC + 1 NC / 1 NO (door monit. contact)4131 Slow-action switching element
2 NC + 1 NO + 1 NO (door monit. contact)4141 Slow-action switching element
2 NC + 2NC (door monit. contacts)
For cable glands see page 104
Dimension drawing
Wiring diagrams Actuator inserted and locked
Cable entry M20 x 1.5
For switching functions see technical data on page 135
Solenoid monitoring
Door monitoring
Please orderactuator separately(see pages 94-96)
1)
M20
x1,5
(3x)
30
<40>
h
144
35,3
41,3
30
4
190
22
16
<42>
9
16
40,5
0,5
v
LED
indi
cato
r(o
ptio
nal)
Insertiondepth
Insertion depth
Locking screwMechanical release
For M5 > 35 mmISO 1207 (DIN 84)ISO 4762 (DIN 912)
h
35,5 45
,5
30
4
194
v
19
19
4
Dimensions with insertion funnel
2131
1112
2122
33 34
41 42
11 12
21 22
33344142
E1E2
LED
KL1
KL2RD
KL3
KL4GN
LEDs optional
2131
LEDs optional
537
E1E2
21
22
1112
11 12
21 22
LED
KL1
KL2RD
KL3
KL4GN
537
4121
1314
2122
31 32
41 42
13 14
21 22
3132
4142
E1E2
4121
4131
1314
2122
33 34
41 42
13 14
21 22
33344142
E1E2
4131(with door
monitoring contact)
LED
KL1
KL2RD
KL3
KL4GN
LEDs optional
4141
1112
2122
31 32
41 42
11 12
21 22
3132
4142
E1E2
4141
Ordering tableSeries Connection Guard locking Switching element Version Solenoid operating voltage
AC/DC 24 V AC 110 V AC 230 V024L
537 LED display AC/DC 24 V 097210On request On request1 NC + 1 NC D STP3D-537A024L024M
With insertion funnel091493 099326 105972
2131 STP3A-2131A024M STP3A-2131A110M STP3A-2131A230M2 NC + 1 NO + 1 NC 024L 091748
On request On requestM
LED display AC/DC 24 V STP3A-2131A024L024M
Cable4121 096890
On request094792
STP entry3 2 NC + 1 NC / 1 NO STP3A-4121A024M STP3A-4121A230M
3 xMechanical 4131 091776
On request On requestM20x1.5
2 NC + 1 NO + 1 NO STP3A-4131A024M099272
On request On requestSTP3A-4141A024MD 097891
On request On request4141 With insertion funnel STP3D-4141A024M2 NC + 2 NC 024L
LED display AC/DC 24 V 099412On request On requestD STP3D-4141A024L024M
With insertion funnel1) With cable entry M, DC 24 V / AC 110 V
Safety Switches with Separate Actuator, Plastic Housing
For
safe
ty p
reca
utio
ns s
ee p
age
160
For
tech
nica
l dat
a se
e pa
ge 1
17
Subject to technical modifications; no responsibility is accepted for the accuracy of this information. 63
Cable entry M20 x 1.5
For cable glands see page 104
Dimension drawing
Please orderactuator separately(see pages 94-96)
M20
x1,5
(3x)
30
<40>
h
144
35,3
41,3
30
4
190
22
16
<42>
9
16
40,5
0,5
v
LaLED indicator(optional)
Insertiondepth
Insertion depth
Mechanical release
Mechanical release
For M5 > 35 mmISO 1207 (DIN 84)ISO 4762 (DIN 912)
Betätiger bitteseparat bestellen(siehe Seite 82-84)
Ordering tableSeries Connection Guard locking Switching element Version Solenoid operating voltage
AC/DC 24 V AC 110 V AC 230 V537 092259
On request On request1 NC + 1 NC STP4A-537A024M091494 097754
auf Anfrage2131 STP4A-2131A024M STP4A-2131A110M2 NC + 1 NO + 1 NC 024L 091749
On request On requestCable LED display AC/DC 24 V STP4A-2131A024L024M
STPentry 4 093159 094793 0947943 x Electrical 4121 STP4A-4121A024M STP4A-4121A110M STP4A-4121A230M
M20x1.5 2 NC + 1 NC / 1 NO 024L 100026LED display AC/DC 24 V STP4A-4121A024L024M
4131 093158On request
1041532 NC + 1 NO + 1 NO STP4A-4131A024M STP4A-4131A230M
4141 099314On request On request2 NC + 2 NC STP4A-4141A024M
1) With cable entry M, DC 24 V / AC 110 V
Wiring diagrams Actuator inserted and locked
For switching functions see technical data on page 135
Solenoid monitoring
Door monitoring
2131
1112
2122
33 34
41 42
11 12
21 22
33344142
E1E2
LED
KL1
KL2RD
KL3
KL4GN
LEDs optional
2131
537
E1E2
21
22
1112
11 12
21 22
537
4121
1314
2122
31 32
41 42
13 14
21 22
3132
4142
E1E2
LED
KL1
KL2RD
KL3
KL4GN
LEDs optional
4121
4131
1314
2122
33 34
41 42
13 14
21 22
33344142
E1E2
4131(with door
monitoring contact)
4141
1112
2122
31 32
41 42
11 12
21 22
3132
4142
E1E2
4141
Plea
se t
urn
over
1)
Safety Switches with Separate Actuator, Plastic Housing
Subject to technical modifications; no responsibility is accepted for the accuracy of this information.64
Dimension drawing
Wiring diagrams Actuator inserted and locked
Cable entry M20 x 1.5
For switching functions see technical data on page 135
Solenoid monitoring
Door monitoring
Please orderactuator separately(see pages 94-96)
2131
1112
2122
33 34
41 42
11 12
21 22
33344142
E1E2
2131
4121
1314
2122
31 32
41 42
13 14
21 22
3132
4142
E1E2
4121
M20
x1,5
(3x) 14
4
35,3
41,3
30
4
190
22
16
<42>
EX-version 2)
with protective plate and protective sleeve
<43><46>
27ca
.
32
24
Protectiveplate
Protectivesleeve
Cable gland M20x1.5(included in scope of delivery
for EX-version)
For plug connectors see page 100
Plug connector SR1111-pin + PE
28
30
<40>
h
144
9
164
0,5
0,5
v
Insertiondepth
Insertion depth
Locking screw
Mechanical release
For M5 > 35 mmISO 1207 (DIN 84)ISO 4762 (DIN 912)
Please orderactuator separately(see pages 82-84)
For switching functions see technical data on page 135
Solenoid monitoring
Door monitoring
Please orderactuator separately(see pages 94-96)
2)1) 3)
SR11
12
34
33 34
41 42
11 12
21 22
5678
910
2131
SR11
12
34
31 32
41 42
13 14
21 22
56
78
910
4121SR
1112
34
33 34
41 42
13 14
21 22
5678
910
4131(with door
monitoring contact)
Ordering table
Series Connection Guard locking Switching element Version Solenoid operating voltageAC/DC 24 V AC 110 V AC 230 V
M2131 ATEX 093794 2)
On request On requestCable
3 2 NC + 1 NO + 1 NC Incl. cable gland STP3A-2131A024M-EX
entryMechanical 4121 ATEX 097626 2)
On request On request3 x
2 NC + 1 NC / 1 NO Incl. cable gland STP3A-4121A024M-EX
M20x1.54 2131 ATEX 093795 2)
On request On requestElectrical 2 NC + 1 NO + 1 NC Incl. cable gland STP4A-2131A024M-EX- -
2131 099069
STP2 NC + 1 NO + 1 NC STP3A-2131A024SR11
- -
3 4121 096318
SR11Mechanical 2 NC + 1 NC / 1 NO STP3A-4121A024SR11
- -
Plug4131 103994
connector2 NC + 1 NO + 1 NO STP3A-4131A024SR11
- -
2131 0975654 2 NC + 1 NO + 1 NC STP4A-2131A024SR11
- -
Electrical 4121 0993012 NC + 1 NC / 1 NO STP4A-4121A024SR11
- -
1) With cable entry M, DC 24 V/AC 110 V 2) II 3 G Ex nC IIB T4 X / II 3 D Ex tD A22 T110°C X3) Solenoid operating voltage AC/DC 24 V only
Safety Switches with Separate Actuator, Plastic Housing
For
safe
ty p
reca
utio
ns s
ee p
age
160
For
tech
nica
l dat
a se
e pa
ge 1
17
Subject to technical modifications; no responsibility is accepted for the accuracy of this information. 65
For plug connectors see page 101/102
Plug connector RC1818-pin + PE
Wiring diagrams Actuator inserted and locked
For switching functions see technical data on page 135
Solenoid monitoring
Door monitoring
Please orderactuator separately(see pages 94-96)
M20
x1,5
(3x)
30<40>
h
144
35,3
41,3
30
4
190
22
16
<42>
9
16
40,5
0,5
v
22
LaLED indicator(optional)
Insertiondepth
Insertion depth
Locking screw
Mechanical release
For M5 > 35 mmISO 1207 (DIN 84)ISO 4762 (DIN 912)
Please orderactuator separately(see pages 82-84)
RC18
115
910
33 34
41 42
11 12
21 22
131478
1719
LEDs optional
LED 15
16 RD
GN
2131
Dimension drawing
Ordering tableSeries Connection Guard locking Switching element Version Solenoid operating voltage
AC/DC 24 VRC18
3 2131 024L 099644STP Plug
Mechanical 2 NC + 1 NO + 1 NC LED display AC/DC 24 V STP3A-2131A024L024RC18Connector
Safety Switches with Separate Actuator, Plastic Housing
Subject to technical modifications; no responsibility is accepted for the accuracy of this information.66
Safety switch STP with guard locking and guard lock monitoringActuating head made of metalMechanical release on the frontWithout door monitoring contact
Dimension drawing
Wiring diagrams Actuator inserted and locked
Approach directionHorizontal and verticalCan be adjusted in 90° steps
Mechanical releaseIs used for releasing the guard locking with the aid ofa tool. The mechanical release is sealed withsealing lacquer to prevent tampering.
Solenoid operating voltageAC/DC 24 V +10%, -15%
AC 110 V +10%, -15%AC 230 V +10%, -15%
LED function display (optional)A function display (2 LEDs, red and green) isavailable for the following voltage ranges:
AC/DC 24 V +10%, -15%
Guard locking typesSTP1 Closed-circuit current principle, guard locking
by spring force. Release by applying voltageto the interlocking solenoid.
STP2 Open-circuit current principle, guard lockingby applying voltage to the interlockingsolenoid. Release by spring force.
Switching elements528 Slow-action switching element
1 NC + 1 NO538 Slow-action switching element
2 NC 4131 Slow-action switching element
2 NC + 2 NO
Cable entry M20 x 1.5
For switching functions see technical data on page 134
For cable glands see page 104
4131
13142122
33 34
41 42
13 14
21 22
33344142
E1E2
LED
KL1
KL2
LEDs optional
RD
KL3
KL4GN
4131(without door
monitoring contact)
21
221112
11 12
21 22
538
LED
E1E2
KL1
KL2
LEDs optional
RD
KL3
KL4GN
538
21
221314
13 14
21 22
528
E1E2
528
M20
x1,5
(3x)
30
<40>
h
144
35,3
41,3
30
4
190
22
16
<42>
9
164
0,5
0,5
v
Insertiondepth
Insertion depth
Locking screw
Mechanical release
For M5 > 35 mmISO 1207 (DIN 84)ISO 4762 (DIN 912)
LED display (optional)
Please orderactuator separately(see pages 94-96)
Solenoid monitoring
Door monitoring
Ordering table
Series Connection Guard locking Switching element VersionSolenoid operating voltage
AC/DC 24 V AC 110 V AC 230 V528 092266
On request On request1 NC + 1 NO STP1A-528A024M092258
On request On requestSTP1A-538A024M538 024L
1 2 NC LED display AC/DC 24 V 092489On request On requestMechanical with pre-assembled STP1D-538A024L024M
insertion funnel
M091491
On request On requestSTP Cable entry
4131 STP1A-4131A024M
3 x M20 x 1.52 NC + 2 NO 024L 091746
On request On requestLED display AC/DC 24 V STP1A-4131A024L024M
528 099855On request On request1 NC + 1 NO STP2A-528A024M
092260On request On request538 STP2A-538A024M
2 NC 024L 092490On request On request2 LED display AC/DC 24 V STP2A-538A024L024M
Electrical 091492On request On request4131 STP2A-4131A024M
2 NC + 2 NO 024L 091747On request On requestLED display AC/DC 24 V STP2A-4131A024L024M
Safety Switches with Separate Actuator, Plastic Housing
For
safe
ty p
reca
utio
ns s
ee p
age
160
For
tech
nica
l dat
a se
e pa
ge 1
17
Subject to technical modifications; no responsibility is accepted for the accuracy of this information. 67
Safety switch STP with guard locking and guard lock monitoring
Escape release on the rear sideWith door monitoring contact
Approach directionHorizontal and verticalCan be adjusted in 90° steps
Escape releaseIs used for the manual release of the guard lockingfrom within the danger area without tools. Withidentification of On/Off position.
Solenoid operating voltageAC/DC 24 V +10%, -15%
Guard locking typesSTP3 Closed-circuit current principle, guard
locking by spring force. Release byapplying voltage to the interlockingsolenoid.
STP4 Open-circuit current principle, guard lockingby applying voltage to the interlockingsolenoid. Release by spring force.
Switching elements2131 Slow-action switching element
2 NC + 1 NO + 1 NC(door monitoring contact)
4121 Slow-action switching element2 NC + 1 NC / 1 NO(door monitoring contact)
Please orderactuator separately(see pages 94-96)
M20
x1,5
(3x)
35,5
41,5
61,5
4
30
190
22
16
<42>
74,7
53
Ø14
144
36 67,5
For plug connectors see page 100
Dimension drawing
Cable entry M20 x 1.5
Insertiondepth
Insertion depth
Locking screw
Mechanical release
For M5 > 35 mmISO 1207 (DIN 84)ISO 4762 (DIN 912)
Please orderactuator separately(see pages 94-96) For cable glands see page 104
28
0,5
0,5
30
<40>
v
h
16
4
144
9
Plug connector SR1111-pin + PE
Wiring diagrams Actuator inserted and locked
For switching functions see technical data on page 135
4121
1314
2122
31 32
41 42
13 14
21 22
3132
4142
E1E2
4121
2131
1112
2122
33 34
41 42
11 12
21 22
33344142
E1E2
2131
Solenoid monitoring
Door monitoringFor switching functions see technical data on page 135
Solenoid monitoring
Door monitoring
SR11
12
34
33 34
41 42
11 12
21 22
5678
910
2131
Ordering table
Series Connection Guard locking Switching element VersionSolenoid operating voltage
AC/DC 24 V
M2131 C1993 102267
Cable3 2 Ö + 1 S + 1 Ö Long actuator shaft STP3A-2131A024MC1993
entryMechanical 4121 C1993 096885
3 x2 Ö + 1 Ö / 1 S Long actuator shaft STP3A-4121A024MC1993
STPM20 x 1.5
4 4121 C1993 100322Electrical 2 Ö + 1 Ö / 1 S Long actuator shaft STP4A-4121A024MC1993
SR113 2131 C1993 103223Plug
Mechanical 2 Ö + 1 S + 1 Ö Long actuator shaft STP3A-2131A024SR11C1993connector
Safety Switches with Separate Actuator, Plastic Housing
Subject to technical modifications; no responsibility is accepted for the accuracy of this information.68
30
<40>14
4
v
h
16
22
190
4
30
46
M20
x1,5
(3x)
35,5
41,5
56
0,5
Pos. 1
Pos. 2
Safety switch STP with guard locking and guard lock monitoringActuating head made of metalMechanical release on the frontPushbutton and cover for indicatorWithout door monitoring contact
Dimension drawing
Approach directionHorizontal and verticalCan be adjusted in 90° steps
Mechanical releaseIs used for releasing the guard locking with the aid ofa tool. The mechanical release is sealed withsealing lacquer to prevent tampering.
Solenoid operating voltageAC/DC 24 V +10%, -15%
Cover for indicatorA cover for indicators (1 LED, green) is availablefor following voltage ranges:
DC 24 V +10%, -15%
Guard locking typesSTP1 Closed-circuit current principle, guard locking
by spring force. Release by applying voltageto the interlocking solenoid.
Switching elements528 Slow-action switching element
1 NC + 1 NO
Plug connector RC1818-pin + PE
For plug connectors see page 101/102
Please orderactuator separately(see pages 94-96)
Insertiondepth
Insertion depth
Locking screw
Mechanical release
For M5 > 35 mmISO 1207 (DIN 84)ISO 4762 (DIN 912)
Green coverfor indicator
Black button
Wiring diagrams Actuator inserted and locked
Ordering table
Series Connection Guard locking Switching element VersionSolenoid operating voltage
AC/DC 24 V
RC18Pos. 1:
STP Plug1 528 Green cover for indicator 106767
connectorMechanical 1 NC + 1 NO Pos. 2: STP1A-528A024RC18EXT1
Black button
For switching functions see technical data on page 134
3
412
13 14
21 22
RC18
919
13
11
1415
GN
528 EXT1
Safety Switches with Separate Actuator, Plastic Housing
For
safe
ty p
reca
utio
ns s
ee p
age
160
For
tech
nica
l dat
a se
e pa
ge 1
17
Subject to technical modifications; no responsibility is accepted for the accuracy of this information. 69
30
<40>
144
v
h
16
22
190
4
30
46M
20x1
,5 (3
x)35
,541
,556
0,5
Pos. 1
Pos. 2
Safety switch STP with guard locking and guard lock monitoringActuating head made of metalMechanical release on the frontPushbutton and cover for indicatorWith door monitoring contact
Dimension drawing
Approach directionHorizontal and verticalCan be adjusted in 90° steps
Mechanical releaseIs used for releasing the guard locking with the aid ofa tool. The mechanical release is sealed withsealing lacquer to prevent tampering.
Solenoid operating voltageAC/DC 24 V +10%, -15%
Cover for indicatorA cover for indicators (1 LED, green) is availablefor following voltage ranges:
DC 24 V +10%, -15%
Guard locking typesSTP3 Closed-circuit current principle, guard
locking by spring force. Release byapplying voltage to the interlockingsolenoid.
Switching elements4141 Slow-action switching element
2 NC + 2NC (door monit. contacts)
Plug connector RC1818-pin + PE
For plug connectors see page 101/102
Please orderactuator separately(see pages 94-96)
Insertiondepth
Insertion depth
Locking screw
Mechanical release
For M5 > 35 mmISO 1207 (DIN 84)ISO 4762 (DIN 912)
Green coverfor indicator
Black button
Anschlusspläne Betätiger gesteckt und zugehalten
Ordering table
Series Connection Guard locking Switching element VersionSolenoid operating voltage
AC/DC 24 V
RC18Pos. 1:
STP Plug3 4141 Green cover for indicator 104995
connectorMechanical 2 NC + 2 NC Pos. 2: STP3A-4141A024RC18EXT1
Black button
Schaltfunktionen siehe technische Daten Seite 135For switching functions see technical data on page 135
Solenoid monitoring
Door monitoring
Wiring diagrams Actuator inserted and locked
RC18
12
34
31 32
41 42
11 12
21 22
56
78
919
13
11
1415
GN
4141 EXT1
Safety Switches with Separate Actuator, Plastic Housing
Subject to technical modifications; no responsibility is accepted for the accuracy of this information.70
30
<40>
144
v
h
0,5
4
30
14
74,7
22
16
46
190,
3
22
M20
x1,5
(3x)
35,8
41,8
67,5
61,5
53
56
Pos. 1
Pos. 2
Safety switch STP with guard locking and guard lock monitoringActuating head made of metalEscape release on the rear side2 illuminated pushbuttonsWith door monitoring contact
Dimension drawing
Approach directionHorizontal and verticalCan be adjusted in 90° steps
Escape releaseIs used for the manual release of the guardlocking from within the danger area without tools.With identification of On/Off position.
Solenoid operating voltageAC/DC 24 V +10%, -15%
LED buttonA cover for indicators (1 LED, green) is availablefor following voltage ranges:
DC 24 V +10%, -15%
Guard locking typesSTP3 Closed-circuit current principle, guard
locking by spring force. Release byapplying voltage to the interlockingsolenoid.
Switching elements4141 Slow-action switching element
2 NC + 2NC (door monit. contacts)
Plug connector RC1818-pin + PE
For plug connectors see page 101/102
Please orderactuator separately(see pages 94-96)
Insertiondepth
Insertion depth
Locking screwMechanical release
For M5 > 35 mmISO 1207 (DIN 84)ISO 4762 (DIN 912)
Buttonilluminated yellow
Buttonilluminated white
Unlocked
Escapereleasenorm. position
Anschlusspläne Betätiger gesteckt und zugehalten
Schaltfunktionen siehe technische Daten Seite 135Schaltfunktionen siehe technische Daten Seite 135
Magnetüberwachung
Türüberwachung
RC18
12
34
31 32
41 42
11 12
21 22
56
78
919
17
11
1316
YE
1514
WH
4141 EXT4
For switching functions see technical data on page 113
Solenoid monitoring
Door monitoring
Wiring diagramsActuator inserted and locked
Ordering table
Series Connection Guard locking Switching element VersionSolenoid operating voltage
AC/DC 24 VC1993
RC18Long actuator shaft
STP Plug3 4141 Pos. 1: 109399
connectorMechanical 2 NC + 2 NC Yellow button STP3A-4141A024RC18C1993EXT4
Pos. 2:White button
Safety Switches with Separate Actuator, Plastic Housing
For
safe
ty p
reca
utio
ns s
ee p
age
160
For
tech
nica
l dat
a se
e pa
ge 1
17
Subject to technical modifications; no responsibility is accepted for the accuracy of this information. 71
28
30
<40>
h
144
9
16
40,5
0,5
v
Safety switch STP-BI with guard locking and guard lock monitoringActuating head made of metalMechanical release on the frontAdditional function BI-StateWith door monitoring contact
Wiring diagrams Actuator inserted and locked
Approach directionHorizontal and verticalCan be adjusted in 90° steps
Mechanical releaseIs used for releasing the guard locking with the aid ofa tool. The mechanical release is sealed withsealing lacquer to prevent tampering.
Additional function BI-StateIn addition, the STP-BI has a function to prevent
persons unintentionally locking themselvesinside if the safety guard is open in the eventof a power failure or when the machine isswitched offthe activated guard locking being deactiva-ted in the event of a power failure.
Solenoid operating voltageAC/DC 24 V +10%, -15%
Guard locking typesSTP3 Closed-circuit current principle, guard
locking by spring force. Release byapplying voltage to the interlockingsolenoid.
Switching elements2131 Slow-action switching element
2 NC + 1 NO + 1 NC (door monit. contact)
For plug connectors see page 100
Plug connector SR1111-pin + PE
Insertiondepth
Insertion depth
Locking screw
Mechanical release
For M5 > 35 mmISO 1207 (DIN 84)ISO 4762 (DIN 912)
Ordering table
Series Connection Guard locking Switching element Version Solenoid operating voltageAC/DC 24 V
SR113 2131 100105
STP-BI PlugMechanical 2 NC + 1 NO + 1 NC STP-BI-3A-2131A024SR11
connector
Dimension drawing
Please orderactuator separately(see pages 94-96)
For switching functions see technical data on page 135
Solenoid monitoring
Door monitoring
SR11
12
34
33 34
41 42
11 12
21 22
5678
91011
0VUS
+24VUB
+24V
2131
Safety Switches with Separate Actuator, Plastic Housing
Subject to technical modifications; no responsibility is accepted for the accuracy of this information.72
Safety switch STP-TW with guard locking and guard lock monitoring2 actuating heads made of metalSimultaneous monitoring of two safetyguardsMechanical release on the frontMechanical key release optionalWith door monitoring contact
Approach directionHorizontal and verticalCan be adjusted in 90° steps
Mechanical releaseIs used for releasing the guard locking with the aid ofa tool. The mechanical release is sealed withsealing lacquer to prevent tampering.
Mechanical key releaseAdditional lock on the switch head. Function asfor mechanical release. The mechanical keyrelease setting is indicated in the window.Two keys are included.
Solenoid operating voltageAC/DC 24 V +10%, -15%
LED function display (optional)A function display (2 LEDs, red and green) isavailable for the following voltage ranges:
AC/DC 24 V +10%, -15%
Guard locking typesSTP3 Closed-circuit current principle, guard locking
by spring force. Release by applying voltageto the interlocking solenoid.
STP4 Open-circuit current principle, guard lockingby applying voltage to the interlockingsolenoid. Release by spring force.
Switching elements2131 Slow-action switching element
2 NC + 1 NO + 1 NC (door monit. contact)4131 Slow-action switching element
2 NC + 1 NO + 1 NO (door monit. contact)4141 Slow-action switching element
2 NC + 2NC (door monit. contacts)
Wiring diagrams Actuator inserted and locked
Cable entry M20 x 1.5
Dimension drawing
For cable glands see page 104
Please orderactuator separately(see pages 94-96)
For switching functions see technical data on page 137
Solenoid monitoring
Door monitoring
0,3
v
hh
v
30
<40>
2717
1
<72>
2020
16
44 0,3
<74
>
<80
>
<42>
144
30
M20
x1,5
(3x)
22
16
<39>
<22
8>
4
Mechanical release
Locking screw
LED indicator(optional)
4131
1314
2122
33 34
41 42
13 14
21 22
33344142
E1E2
4131
2131
1112
2122
33 34
41 42
11 12
21 22
33344142
E1E2
2131
LED
KL1
KL2RD
KL3
KL4GN
LEDs optional
4141
1112
2122
31 32
41 42
11 12
21 22
3132
4142
E1E2
4141
Ordering tableSeries Connection Guard locking Switching element Version Solenoid operating voltage
AC/DC 24 V099973
2131 STP-TW-3A-2131AC024M
2 NC + 1 NO + 1 NCwith mechanical
098827M
key releaseSTP-TW-3A-2131AC024M-S1
Cable 3(identical locking)
STP-TWentry Mechanical
4131 106153
M20x1.52 NC + 1 NO + 1 NO STP-TW-3A-4131AC024M
1007464141 STP-TW-3A-4141AC024M
2 NC + 2 NC 024L 103048LED display AC/DC 24 V STP-TW-3A-4141AC024L024M
Safety Switches with Separate Actuator, Plastic Housing
For
safe
ty p
reca
utio
ns s
ee p
age
160
For
tech
nica
l dat
a se
e pa
ge 1
17
73
Cable entry M20 x 1.5 Plug connector SR1111-pin + PE
Dimension drawing
Please orderactuator separately(see pages 94-96)
0,3
v
hh
v
30
<40>
2717
1
<72>
2020
16
44 0,3
<74
>
<80
>
<42>
144
30
M20
x1,5
(3x)
22
16
<39>
<22
8>
4Mechanical release
Locking screw
LED indicator(optional)
For cable glands see page 104
Please orderactuator separately(see pages 94-96)
0,3
v
hh
v
30
<40>
2717
1
<72>
202016
44 0,3
<74
>
<80
>
<42>
144
30
M20
x1,5
(3x)
22
16
<39>
<22
8>
4
Mechanical release
Locking screw
For plug connectors see page 100
Wiring diagrams Actuator inserted and locked
For switching functions see technical data on page 137
Solenoid monitoring
Door monitoring
4131
1314
2122
33 34
41 42
13 14
21 22
33344142
E1E2
4131
2131
1112
2122
33 34
41 42
11 12
21 22
33344142
E1E2
2131
LED
KL1
KL2RD
KL3
KL4GN
LEDs optional
4141
1112
2122
31 32
41 42
11 12
21 22
3132
4142
E1E2
4141
For switching functions see technical data on page 137
Solenoid monitoring
Door monitoring
SR11
12
34
33 34
41 42
11 12
21 22
5678
910
2131
Ordering tableSeries Connection Guard locking Switching element Version Solenoid operating voltage
AC/DC 24 V100849
2131 STP-TW-4A-2131AC024MM
2 NC + 1 NO + 1 NCwith mechanical
100850Cable4
key releaseSTP-TW-4A-2131AC024M-S1entry
Electrical(identical locking)
M20x1.5 4131 103910STP-TW 2 NC + 1 NO + 1 NO STP-TW-4A-4131AC024M
4141 024L 1036362 NC + 2 NC LED display AC/DC 24 V STP-TW-4A-4141AC024L024M
SR113 2131 106547
PlugMechanical 2 NC + 1 NO + 1 NC STP-TW-3A-2131AC024SR11
connector4 2131 102565
Elektrical 2 NC + 1 NO + 1 NC STP-TW-4A-2131AC024SR11
Safety Switches with Separate Actuator, Plastic Housing
Subject to technical modifications; no responsibility is accepted for the accuracy of this information.74
Safety Switches with Separate Actuator, Metal Housing
75
Selection table for safety switches STA with guard locking and guard lock monitoring
VersionRelease
Door monitoring Connection Pagefeature
Standard TW HE FE STA3/4 STA1/2 M SR11 RC18� � � � 76� � � � � 77� � � � 78� � � � � 79
� � � � 80
VersionStandard One actuating head made of metal
TW TWIN, 2 actuating heads made of metal
Release featureHE Mechanical release on the front
FE Escape release on the rear side
Door monitoringSTA3/4 With door monitoring contact
STA1/2 Without door monitoring contact
Connection
MThread M20x1.5 forcable gland
SR11Plug connector;11-pin + PE
RC18Plug connector;18-pin + PE
Safety Switches with Separate Actuator, Metal Housing
Subject to technical modifications; no responsibility is accepted for the accuracy of this information.76
For cable glands see page 104
Safety switch STA with guard locking and guard lock monitoringMechanical release on the frontWith door monitoring contactPlug connector optional
Dimension drawing
Wiring diagrams Actuator inserted and locked
Approach directionHorizontal and verticalCan be adjusted in 90° steps.
Mechanical releaseIs used for releasing the guard locking with theaid of a tool. The mechanical release must besealed to prevent tampering (for example withsealing lacquer).
Solenoid operating voltageAC/DC 24 V +10%, -15%
LED function display (optional)A function display (2 LEDs, red and green) isavailable for the following voltage ranges:
DC 24 V +10%, -15%
Guard locking typesSTA3 Closed-circuit current principle, guard locking
by spring force. Release by applying voltageto the interlocking solenoid.
STA4 Open-circuit current principle, guard lockingby applying voltage to the interlockingsolenoid. Release by spring force.
Switching elements (see also page 13)2131 Slow-action switching element
2 NC + 1 NO + 1 NC (door monit. contact)4121 Slow-action switching element
2 NC + 1 NC / 1 NO (door monit. contact)4131 Slow-action switching element
2 NC + 1 NO + 1 NO (door monit. contact)4141 Slow-action switching element
2 NC + 2NC (door monit. contacts)
Cable entry M20 x 1.5
Solenoid monitoring
Door monitoring
Please orderactuator separately(see page 94-96)
0,5
<40>
30
h
v
144
41,5
35,5
190
224
30
<46,5>
16,3M
20x1
,5 (3
x)
Insertiondepth
Insertion depth
Locking screw
Mechanical release
∅ 5.3 (4x)For M5 > 35 mmISO 1207 (DIN 84)ISO 4762 (DIN 912)
LED display (optional)
For switching functions see technical data on page 139
Ordering tableSeries Connection Guard locking Switching element Version Solenoid operating voltage
AC/DC 24 V AC 230 V2131 096938 104171
2 NC + 1 NO + 1 NC STA3A-2131A024M STA3A-2131A230M096936
-4121 STA3A-4121A024M2 NC + 1 NC / 1 NO 024L 106535
-3 LED display AC/DC 24 V STA3A-4121A024L024MMechanical 4131 099480
-2 NC + 1 NO + 1 NO STA3A-4131A024M
M099274
-Cable-
4141 STA3A-4141A024M
STA entry2 NC + 2 NC 024L 100898
-3 x
LED display AC/DC 24 V STA3A-4141A024L024M
M20x1,5096939
-2131 STA4A-2131A024M2 NC + 1 NO + 1 NC 024L 103926
-LED display AC/DC 24 V STA4A-2131A024L024M4 4121 096937
-Electrical 2 NC + 1 NC / 1 NO STA4A-4121A024M4131 099481
-2 NC + 1 NO + 1 NO STA4A-4131A024M4141 109172
-2 NC + 2 NC STA4A-4141A024M
2131
1112
2122
33 34
41 42
11 12
21 22
33344142
E1E2
LED
KL1
KL2RD
KL3
KL4GN
LEDs optional
2131
4121
1314
2122
31 32
41 42
13 14
21 22
3132
4142
E1E2
LED
KL1
KL2RD
KL3
KL4GN
LEDs optional
4121
4131
1314
2122
33 34
41 42
13 14
21 22
33344142
E1E2
413141
41
1112
2122
31 32
41 42
11 12
21 22
3132
4142
E1E2
LEDs optional
LED
KL1
KL2RD
KL3
KL4GN
4141
Safety Switches with Separate Actuator, Metal Housing
For
safe
ty p
reca
utio
ns s
ee p
age
160
For
tech
nica
l dat
a se
e pa
ge 1
17
Subject to technical modifications; no responsibility is accepted for the accuracy of this information. 77
0,5
<40>
30
h
v
144
41,5
35,5
190
2228
4
30
<46,5>
16,3
M20
x1,5
(3x)
Insertiondepth
Insertion depth
Locking screw
Mechanical release
∅ 5.3 (4x)For M5 > 35 mmISO 1207 (DIN 84)ISO 4762 (DIN 912)
Plug connector see page 100
Dimension drawing
Please orderactuator separately(see page 94-96)
0,5
<40>
30
h
v
144
41,5
35,5
190
2222
4
30
<46,5>
16,3
M20
x1,5
(3x)
Plug connector see page 101/102
Plug connector SR1111-pin + PE
Solenoid monitoring
Door monitoring
Please orderactuator separately(see page 94-96)
Ordering table
Series Connection Guard locking Switching element Version Solenoid operating voltageAC/DC 24 V
SR113 4121 105304Plug
Mechanical 2 NC + 1 NC / 1 NO STA3A-4121A024SR11connector
2131 024L 0996583 2 NC + 1 NO + 1 NC LED display AC/DC 24 V STA3A-2131A024L024RC18
Mechanical 4141 100029
RC182 NC + 2 NC STA3A-4141A024RC18
STA Plug024L 105303
connectorLED display AC/DC 24 V STA4A-2131A024L024RC18
4 2131 024LElectrical 2 NC + 1 NO + 1 NC LED display AC/DC 24 V 106622
C1826 STA4A-2131A024L024RC18C1826Alternative wiring
Insertiondepth
Insertion depth
Locking screw
Mechanical release
∅ 5.3 (4x)For M5 > 35 mmISO 1207 (DIN 84)ISO 4762 (DIN 912)
For switching functions see technical data on page 139
LED display (optional)
Plug connector RC1818-pin + PE
Wiring diagrams Actuator inserted and locked
Solenoid monitoring
Door monitoringFor switching functions see technical data on page 139
4121
RC18
115
910
33 34
41 42
11 12
21 22
131478
1719
LEDs optional
12
LED 15
16 RD
GN
2131
RC18
12
34
31 32
41 42
11 12
21 22
56
78
910
12
4141
RC18
115
910
33 34
41 42
11 12
21 22
131478
619
LEDs optional
12
LED 15
16 RD
GN
2131C1826
SR11
12
34
31 32
41 42
13 14
21 22
56
78
910
Safety Switches with Separate Actuator, Metal Housing
Subject to technical modifications; no responsibility is accepted for the accuracy of this information.78
Safety switch STA with guard locking and guard lock monitoringMechanical release on the frontWithout door monitoring contact
Dimension drawing
Wiring diagrams Actuator inserted and locked
Approach directionHorizontal and verticalCan be adjusted in 90° steps.
Mechanical releaseIs used for releasing the guard locking with theaid of a tool. The mechanical release must besealed to prevent tampering (for example withsealing lacquer).
Solenoid operating voltageAC/DC 24 V +10%, -15%
Guard locking typesSTA1 Closed-circuit current principle, guard
locking by spring force. Release byapplying voltage to the interlockingsolenoid.
STA2 Open-circuit current principle, guardlocking by applying voltage to theinterlocking solenoid. Release by springforce.
Switching elements (see also page 13)4131 Slow-action switching element
2 NC + 2 NO
Cable entry M20 x 1.5
For cable glands see page 104
4131
13142122
33 34
41 42
13 14
21 22
33344142
E1E2
4131(without door
monitoring contact)
Please orderactuator separately(see page 94-96)
Ordering table
Series Connection Guard locking Switching element Version Solenoid operating voltageAC/DC 24 V
M 1 4131 096439Cable Mechanical 2 NC + 2 NO STA1A-4131A024M
STA entry3 x 2 4131 096935
M20x1.5 Electrical 2 NC + 2 NO STA2A-4131A024M
0,5
<40>
30
h
v
144
41,5
35,5
190
224
30
<46,5>
16,3M
20x1
,5 (3
x)
Insertiondepth
Insertion depth
Locking screw
Mechanical release
∅ 5.3 (4x)For M5 > 35 mmISO 1207 (DIN 84)ISO 4762 (DIN 912)
For switching functions see technical data on page 139
Safety Switches with Separate Actuator, Metal Housing
For
safe
ty p
reca
utio
ns s
ee p
age
160
For
tech
nica
l dat
a se
e pa
ge 1
17
Subject to technical modifications; no responsibility is accepted for the accuracy of this information. 79
<40>
30
144
h
v
0,5
4
30
190
<46,5>
16
2275
14
M20
x1,5
(3x)
4135
61,554
76
Safety switch STA with guard locking and guard lock monitoringEscape release from the rearWith door monitoring contact
Approach directionHorizontal and verticalCan be adjusted in 90° steps.
Escape releaseIs used for the manual release of the guardlocking from within the danger area without tools.With identification of On/Off position.
Solenoid operating voltageAC/DC 24 V +10%, -15%
Guard locking typesSTA3 Closed-circuit current principle, guard locking
by spring force. Release by applying voltageto the interlocking solenoid.
Switching elements (see also page 13)2131 Slow-action switching element
2 NC + 1 NO + 1 NC (door monit. contact)
Ordering table
Series Connection Guard locking Switching element Version Solenoid operating voltageAC/DC 24 V
M3 2131 C1993 103660
STA CableMechanical 2 NC + 1 NO + 1 NC Long actuator shaft STA3A-2131A024MC1993
entry
Wiring diagrams Actuator inserted and locked
For switching functions see technical data on page 139
Solenoid monitoring
Door monitoring
Dimension drawing
Cable entry M20 x 1.5
For cable glands see page 104
Please orderactuator separately(see page 94-96)
Insertiondepth
Insertion depth
Locking screw
Mechanical release
∅ 5.3 (4x)For M5 > 35 mmISO 1207 (DIN 84)ISO 4762 (DIN 912)
Unlocked
Escapereleasenorm. position
2131
1112
2122
33 34
41 42
11 12
21 22
33344142
E1E2
2131
Safety Switches with Separate Actuator, Metal Housing
Subject to technical modifications; no responsibility is accepted for the accuracy of this information.80
30<40><72>
171
27
v
hh
v
30
4
<22
8>
<46,5>16,3
22
M20
x1,5
(3x)
<74
><
80>
144
0,3
44
2020
160,3
Safety switch STA with guard locking and guard lock monitoringTwo actuating heads made of metalSimultaneous monitoring of two safetyguardsMechanical release on the frontMechanical key release optionalWith door monitoring contact
Approach directionHorizontal and verticalCan be adjusted in 90° steps.
Mechanical releaseIs used for releasing the guard locking with theaid of a tool. The mechanical release must besealed to prevent tampering (for example withsealing lacquer).
Mechanical key releaseAdditional lock on the switch head. Function asfor mechanical release. The mechanical keyrelease setting is indicated in the window.Two keys are included.
Solenoid operating voltageAC/DC 24 V +10%, -15%
LED function display (optional)A function display (2 LEDs, red and green) isavailable for the following voltage ranges:
DC 24 V +10%, -15%
Guard locking typesSTA3 Closed-circuit current principle, guard locking
by spring force. Release by applying voltageto the interlocking solenoid.
Switching elements (see also page 13)2131 Slow-action switching element
2 NC + 1 NO + 1 NC (door monit. contact)4121 Slow-action switching element
2 NC + 1 NC / 1 NO (door monit. contact)
Cable entry M20 x 1.5
Ordering tableSeries Connection Guard locking Switching element Version Solenoid operating voltage
AC/DC 24 V105617
2131 STA-TW-3A-2131AC024M
2 NC + 1 NO + 1 NCWith mechanical
105888M3
key releaseSTA-TW-3A-2131AC024M-S1
STA-TWCable
Mechanical(identical locking)
entry 106545M20x1,5 4121 STA-TW-3A-4121AC024M
2 NC + 1 NC / 1 NO 024L 106379LED display AC/DC 24 V STA-TW-3A-4121AC024L024M
For cable glands see page 104
Dimension drawing
Wiring diagrams Actuator inserted and locked
For switching functions see technical data on page 141
Solenoid monitoring
Door monitoring
Please orderactuator separately(see page 94-96)
Mechanical release
Locking screw
LED display (optional)
4121
1314
2122
31 32
41 42
13 14
21 22
3132
4142
E1E2
LED
KL1
KL2RD
KL3
KL4GN
LEDs optional
4121
2131
1112
2122
33 34
41 42
11 12
21 22
33344142
E1E2
2131
Safety Switches with Separate Actuator, Plastic Housing
81
Selection table for safety switches STM with guard locking and guard lock monitoring
ManualConnection Switching element
releaseM three contacts
PageHE� � � 82
Release feature, frontHE Mechanical release on the front
ConnectionM Thread M20x1.5 for cable glands
Switching element1 NC (ÜK) + 2 NC (SK) or
1 NC (ÜK) + 1 NC (SK) + 1 NO (SK)
82
Safety Switches with Separate Actuator, Plastic Housing
Subject to technical modifications; no responsibility is accepted for the accuracy of this information.
Safety switch STM with guard locking and guard lock monitoringActuating head optionally made of metalor plasticMechanical release on the front
Dimension drawing
Wiring diagrams Actuator inserted and locked
Approach direction
Horizontal and verticalCan be adjusted in 90° steps
Mechanical releaseIs used for releasing the guard locking with the aid ofa tool. The mechanical release is sealed withsealing lacquer to prevent tampering.
Solenoid operating voltageAC/DC 24 V +10%, -15%
AC 230 V +10%, -15%
Guard lockingtypesSTM1 Closed-circuit current principle, guard locking
by spring force. Release by applying voltageto the interlocking solenoid.
STM2 Open-circuit current principle, guard lockingby applying voltage to the interlockingsolenoid. Release by spring force.
Switching elementsÜK For monitoring the guard locking (built-in
solenoid)Slow-action switching element 1 NC
SK For monitoring the door/actuator position222 Slow-action switching element
2 NC 242 Slow-action switching element
1 NC +1 NO
Cable entry M20 x 1.5
For cable glands see page 104
Ordering table
Series Connection Guard locking Actuating head Switching element Solenoid operating voltageAC/DC 24 V AC 110 V AC 230 V
ÜK: 1 NC 091865On request
098714N SK: 222 2 NC STM1N-222B024-M STM1N-222B230-M
Plastic ÜK: 1 NC 092031On request On request
1 SK: 242 1 NC + 1 NO STM1N-242B024-MMechanical ÜK: 1 NC 095396
On request098036
A SK: 222 2 NC STM1A-222B024-M STM1A-222B230-MCable Metal ÜK: 1 NC 095397
On request On requestSTM
entry SK: 242 1 NC + 1 NO STM1A-242B024-M1 x ÜK: 1 NC 092048
On request On requestM20 x 1.5 N SK: 222 2 NC STM2N-222B024-M
Plastic ÜK: 1 NC 092050On request On request
2 SK: 242 1 NC + 1 NO STM2N-242B024-MElectrical ÜK: 1 NC 095398
On request On requestA SK: 222 2 NC STM2A-222B024-M
Metal ÜK: 1 NC 095399On request On request
SK: 242 1 NC + 1 NO STM2A-242B024-M
V
h31
2,5
∅4,7
79
15,5
22
21
4
36
42
∅5,2
∅4,2
96
A
9 15,5
20,54 10
,5
B
37,5
31,5
0,3 B
0,3 A
Insertion depthInse
rtio
n de
pth
Locking screw
Mechanical release
M20 x 1.5
Actuator SStandard
11 12
11
122324
11
E1E2
23 24
11 1212
SK
ÜK
ÜKSK
242
11 12
11
122122
11
E1E2
21 22
11 1212
SK
ÜK
ÜKSK
222
Please orderactuator separately(see pages 94-96)
For switching functions see technical data on page 143
Solenoid monitoring
Door monitoring
For
safe
ty p
reca
utio
ns s
ee p
age
160
For
tech
nica
l dat
a se
e pa
ge 1
17
Safety Switches with Guard Locking Pin
83
Selection table for safety switch TK with guard locking (without protection against unintentional closing)
ReleaseGuard locking pin Connection
feature PageHE A C M� � � 84� � � 85
Release featureHE Mechanical release on the switch head
Guard locking pinA Right
C Left
Connection
MThread M20x1.5for cable gland
Safety Switches with Guard Locking Pin
Subject to technical modifications; no responsibility is accepted for the accuracy of this information.84
Safety switch TK with guard locking (without protection against unintentional closing)Mounting on plastic housing TP withactuating head and guard locking pinmade of metalHigh locking forces of well above 5000 NMechanical release on the switch headActuating element for auxiliaryshutdown on frontCable entry M20 x 1.5
Dimension drawing
Wiring diagrams Switch locked
FunctionGuard locking is by movement of the lockingpin, which is inserted in a “recess”.
Mechanical releaseThis releases the guard locking after operationwith a triangular key (DIN 22417). Triangular keysee accessories on page 91.
Auxiliary shutdown featureWhen actuated, positively driven NC contacts21-22 or 41-42 are opened. The safety guardremains locked. The auxiliary shutdown featuremust be sealed to prevent tampering (forexample with sealing lacquer).
Solenoid operating voltageAC/DC 24 V +10%, -15%
AC 110 V +10%, -15%AC 230 V +10%, -15%
Guard locking typesTK1 Closed-circuit current principle, guard locking
by spring force. Release by applying voltageto the interlocking solenoid.
TK2 Open-circuit current principle, guard lockingby applying voltage to the interlockingsolenoid. Release by spring force.
Switching elements528 Slow-action switching element 1 NC + 1 NO
4131 Slow-action switching element 2 NC + 2 NO
Cable entry M20 x 1.5Guard locking pin right
Ordering table
For switching functions see technical data on page 145
For cable glands see page 104
4030
144
45Ø
10
Ø16
29,8
7,3
11
50
15,5
59
Ø 5,3 ( 4x )
22
M20
x 1
,5
42
16
207,
5
826
1622
32
M5 ( 4x )
Mechanicalreleaseon both sides
Auxiliaryshutdown feature
Stroke 8 mm
Series Connection Guard locking Switching element VersionSolenoid operating voltage
AC/DC 24 V AC 110 V AC 230 V
528A
0946521 NC + 1 NO
Guard locking pinTK1-528AB024M
- -1 right
M Mechanical4131
A099686
TK Cable entry2 NC + 2 NO
Guard locking pinTK1-4131AB024M
- -3 x M20 x 1.5 right
2 4131A
099690Electrical 2 NC + 2 NO
Guard locking pinTK2-4131AB024M
- -right
21
221314
13 14
21 22
528
E1E2
528
4131
13142122
33 34
41 42
13 14
21 22
33344142
E1E2
4131
Safety Switches with Guard Locking Pin
For
safe
ty p
reca
utio
ns s
ee p
age
160
For
tech
nica
l dat
a se
e pa
ge 1
17
Subject to technical modifications; no responsibility is accepted for the accuracy of this information. 85
Dimension drawing
Wiring diagrams Switch locked
Cable entry M20 x 1.5Guard locking pin left
Ordering table
Series Connection Guard locking Switching element VersionSolenoid operating voltage
AC/DC 24 V AC 110 V AC 230 V
528C
094192 1000161 NC + 1 NO
Guard locking pinTK1-528CB024M
-TK1-528CB230M
1 leftM Mechanical
4131C
099687TK Cable entry
2 NC + 2 NOGuard locking pin
TK1-4131CB024M- -
3 x M20 x 1.5 left
2 4131C
099691Electrical 2 NC + 2 NO
Guard locking pinTK2-4131CB024M
- -left
For switching functions see technical data on page 145
For cable glands see page 104
4030
144
45
Ø10
29,8
Ø16
7,2
59
15,5
50
Ø 5,3 ( 4x )
16
42
22
M20
x 1
,5
207,
5
8
26
16
2232
M5 ( 4x )
Mechanicalreleaseon both sides
Auxiliaryshutdown feature
Stroke 8 mm
21
221314
13 14
21 22
528
E1E2
528
4131
13142122
33 34
41 42
13 14
21 22
33344142
E1E2
4131
Safety Switches with Guard Locking Pin
86
Accessories
87
Selection table for accessories
MountingPlug connectors Bolts
ActuatorsInsertion plates/ Cable LED Miscella-
Pagefunnels mounting
SGLF SR6 SR11 RC18 BHA12glands displays neous
Metal Plasticbrackets
� 88 - 96� 97
� 98 / 99� 99
� 100� 100
� 101 / 102� 103
� 104� 104
� 105 - 107� 108 - 113
� 114
Actuators
Insertion funnels
Mountingplates/mounting brackets
ConnectionSGLF Plug connector; M12; 4-pin
SR6 Plug connector; 6-pin + PESR11 Plug connector; 11-pin + PE
RC18 Plug connector; 18-pin + PEBHA12 Plug connector; 12-pin
Cable glands
LED displays
Miscellaneous
Bolts forsafety guards
Accessories
Subject to technical modifications; no responsibility is accepted for the accuracy of this information.88
Designation VersionMin. door radius Packaging
Order No.r [mm] unit
ActuatorM-G
074076straight
4 mm overtravel 1 ea.ACTUATOR-M-Gincl. 2 safety screws M4 x 14
ActuatorM-W
074077bent
4 mm overtravel 1 ea.ACTUATOR-M-Wincl. 2 safety screws M5x10
Actuator M-GT074078straight 4 mm overtravel 1 ea.
ACTUATOR-M-GTlongitudinal rubber bush incl. 2 safety screws M4 x 14Actuator M-GQ
074079straight 4 mm overtravel 1 ea.ACTUATOR-M-GQtransverse rubber bush incl. 2 safety screws M4 x 14
Actuator M-WT074080bent 4 mm overtravel 1 ea.
ACTUATOR-M-WTrubber bush incl. 2 safety screws M4 x 14
Actuators for safety switches NM.VZActuators made of stainlesssteelTwo stainless safety screwsper actuatorActuators with optionalrubber bushingsNarrow design optional
Straight actuatorThe straight actuator is used onsliding doors or hinged doors withdoor radii greater than 150 mm.Safety screws prevent unscrewingof the actuator.
Actuator with rubber bushFor flexible mounting of the actuator.
Screws made of stainless steelThe safety screws included can beinserted with a normal tool, butcannot be removed again.
Ordering table
Actuator M-W bentOvertravel 4 mm
Actuator M-G straightOvertravel 4 mm
Dimension drawings
Actuator M-GT straightLongitudinal rubber bush, overtravel 4 mm
Actuator M-GQ straightTransverse rubber bush, overtravel 4 mm
Actuator M-WT bentRubber bush, overtravel 4 mm
* *
*
R > 150 R > 200
R > 200
Accessories
For
safe
ty p
reca
utio
ns s
ee p
age
160
For
tech
nica
l dat
a se
e pa
ge 1
17
Subject to technical modifications; no responsibility is accepted for the accuracy of this information. 89
Actuator M-GS straightNarrow, overtravel 4 mm
Actuator M-WS bentNarrow, overtravel 4 mm
Actuator M-GTS straightRubber bush, narrow, overtravel 4 mm
Designation VersionMin. door radius Packaging
Order No.r [mm] unit
Actuator M-GS074128straight 4 mm overtravel 1 ea.
ACTUATOR-M-GSnarrow incl. 2 safety screws M4 x 14Actuator M-WS
074129bent 4 mm overtravel 1 ea.ACTUATOR-M-WSnarrow incl. 2 safety screws M5x10
Actuator M-GTS074130straight, narrow 4 mm overtravel 1 ea.
ACTUATOR-M-GTSrubber bush incl. 2 safety screws M4 x 14
Ordering table
41
24 4,5
15
1530
52
223
,5
24
2
11
22
15
15
34
4,5
23,5
2
8
24
30
52
15
4,4
23,5
*
R > 150 R > 200
R > 200
Accessories
Subject to technical modifications; no responsibility is accepted for the accuracy of this information.90
Designation VersionMin. door radius Packaging
Order No.r [mm] unit
ActuatorP-G
059226straight
Overtravel 2 mm 1000 1 ea.ACTUATOR-P-Gincl. 2 safety screws M5 x 10
ActuatorP-W
059227bent
Overtravel 2 mm 1000 1 ea.ACTUATOR-P-Wincl. 2 safety screws M5 x 10
Actuator P-GN074570straight Overtravel 7 mm 1000 1 ea.
ACTUATOR-P-GNovertravel incl. 2 safety screws M5 x 10Actuator P-WN
074571bent Overtravel 7 mm 1000 1 ea.ACTUATOR-P-WNovertravel incl. 2 safety screws M5 x 10
Actuators for safety switches NP/GP/TPActuators made of stainless steelTwo stainless safety screws per actuatorActuators with optional rubber bushings
Straight actuatorThe straight actuator is used on sliding doorsor hinged doors with door radii greater than1000 mm. Safety screws prevent unscrewingof the actuator.
Actuator with overtravel2 mm for doors with normal play7 mm for doors with large play (optional)
Actuator with rubber bushFor flexible mounting of the actuator.
Screws made of stainless steelThe safety screws included can be inserted witha normal tool, but cannot be removed again.
Ordering table
Actuator P-GN straightOvertravel 7 mm
Actuator P-W bentOvertravel 2 mm
Actuator P-G straightOvertravel 2 mm
Dimension drawings
Actuator P-WN bentOvertravel 7 mm
Accessories
For
safe
ty p
reca
utio
ns s
ee p
age
160
For
tech
nica
l dat
a se
e pa
ge 1
17
Subject to technical modifications; no responsibility is accepted for the accuracy of this information. 91
Actuator P-GT straightRubber bush, overtravel 2 mm
Actuator P-GNT straightRubber bush, overtravel 7 mm
Actuator P-WT bentRubber bush, overtravel 2 mm
Actuator P-WNT bentRubber bush, overtravel 7 mm
Designation VersionMin. door radius Packaging
Order No.r [mm] unit
Actuator P-GT070046straight Overtravel 2 mm 1000 1 ea.
ACTUATOR-P-GTrubber bush incl. 2 safety screws M4 x 14Actuator P-WT
070038bent Overtravel 2 mm 1000 1 ea.ACTUATOR-P-WTrubber bush incl. 2 safety screws M4 x 14
Actuator P-GNT074576straight Overtravel 7 mm 1000 1 ea.
ACTUATOR-P-GNTrubber bush, overtravel incl. 2 safety screws M4 x 14Actuator P-WNT
074577bent Overtravel 7 mm 1000 1 ea.ACTUATOR-P-WNTrubber bush, overtravel incl. 2 safety screws M4 x 14
Ordering table
Accessories
Subject to technical modifications; no responsibility is accepted for the accuracy of this information.92
Designation VersionMin. door radius Packaging
Order No.r [mm] unit
P-OUFor top and bottom hinged doors
90 1 ea.070050
overtravel 2 mm HINGED ACTUATOR P-OU
Hinged actuatorincl. 2 safety screws M5 x 25
P-LRFor left and right hinged doors
100 1 ea.059440
overtravel 2 mm HINGED ACTUATOR P-LRincl. 2 safety screws M5 x 10
Hinged actuators for safety switches NP/GP/TPActuators made of stainless steelTwo stainless safety screws per actuatorFor top and bottom hinged doorsFor right and left hinged doors
Hinged actuatorFor door radii less than 1000 mm a hingedactuator should be used. The spring actionmovement of the actuator prevents damage dueto the actuator jamming in the actuating head.Depending on the movement of the safety guard,the actuator must be selected for left/right ortop/bottom.
Ordering table
Hinged actuator P-LRSafety guard hinged on left/right, overtravel 2 mm
Hinged actuator P-OUSafety guard hinged at top/bottom, overtravel 2 mm
Dimension drawings
Adjustmentscrew
Adjustmentscrew
R > 90
12
26
20
35
28+
2
8 8
16
Adjustmentscrew
Adjustmentscrew
54
5040
20
28
14
∅ 5
,5
1619
Accessories
For
safe
ty p
reca
utio
ns s
ee p
age
160
For
tech
nica
l dat
a se
e pa
ge 1
17
Subject to technical modifications; no responsibility is accepted for the accuracy of this information. 93
Hinged actuator P-OUNSafety guard hinged at top/bottom, overtravel 7 mm
Hinged actuator P-LRNSafety guard hinged on left/right, overtravel 7 mm
Designation VersionMin. door radius Packaging
Order No.r [mm] unit
P-OUNFor top and bottom hinged doors
90 1 ea.074572
overtravel 7 mm HINGED ACTUATOR P-OUN
Hinged actuatorincl. 2 safety screws M5 x 25
P-LRNFor left and right hinged doors
100 1 ea.074573
overtravel 7 mm HINGED ACTUATOR P-LRNincl. 2 safety screws M5 x 10
Ordering table
R > 90
12
26
20
35
28+
2
8 8
16
Adjustmentscrew
Adjustmentscrew
59
5040
20
28
14
∅ 5
,5
1619
AdjustmentscrewAdjustment
screw
Zubehoer_EN.pmd 04.11.2011, 09:3593
Accessories
Subject to technical modifications; no responsibility is accepted for the accuracy of this information.94
Designation VersionMin. door radius Packaging
Order No.r [mm] unit
S-G-SN-C2115097861without rubber bush, overtravel 5 mm 300 1 ea.
ACTUATOR S-G-SN-C2115Actuator S incl. 2 safety screws M5 x 10straight S-GT-SN
095738with rubber bush, overtravel 5 mm 300 1 ea.ACTUATOR S-GT-SNincl. 2 safety screws M4 x 14
Actuator SS-WQ-SN
095740bent
with rubber bush, overtravel 5 mm 300 1 ea.ACTUATOR S-WQ-SNincl. 2 safety screws M4 x 14
Actuator LS-GT-LN
095739straight
with rubber bush, overtravel 5 mm 300 1 ea.ACTUATOR S-GT-LNincl. 2 safety screws M4 x 14
Actuator LS-WQ-LN
095741bent
with rubber bush, overtravel 5 mm 300 1 ea.ACTUATOR S-WQ-LNincl. 2 safety screws M4 x 14
Actuators for safety switches SGA/SGP/STA/STP/STMTwo stainless safety screws per actuatorActuators with and withoutrubber bushings
NoteType S actuators must not be used in conjunctionwith insertion funnels.L actuators must be used for insertion funnels.
Straight actuatorSuitable for a maximum tensile force of 2500 Nfor STP, or 3000 B for STAThe straight actuator is used on sliding doorsor hinged doors with door radii greater than 300mm. Safety screws prevent unscrewing of theactuator.
Bent actuatorSuitable for a maximum tensile force of 1500 N.
Screws made of stainless steelThe safety screws included can be inserted witha normal tool, but cannot be removed again.
Ordering table
Actuator L, straight, for insertion funnelwith rubber bush, overtravel 5 mm
Standard actuator S, bentwith rubber bush, overtravel 5 mm
Standard actuator S, straightwith rubber bush, overtravel 5 mm
Actuator L, bent, for insertion funnelwith rubber bush, overtravel 5 mm
2,5
9
2049
80
34
∅4,4
19,5
∅4,49
2,5
204980
30
19,5
∅4,
49
2,5
37,5
52
44,5
34
2,5
9
∅4,
437
,5
44,5
52
30
Standard actuator S, straight (dimensionally compatible with actuator P-G for TP)without rubber bush, overtravel 5 mm
Dimension drawings
2,5
19,5
83
53 20
30 Ø 5,5
Accessories
For
safe
ty p
reca
utio
ns s
ee p
age
160
For
tech
nica
l dat
a se
e pa
ge 1
17
Subject to technical modifications; no responsibility is accepted for the accuracy of this information. 95
35,5
35
24.5
+5
33,740
50
4
23
29
40
Ø 5,514
R>200
24,5
+5
12
26
35,5
R >
20
20
40
50
14
28
55
Ø5,
5
16
28,6 8
14
16
8
200
Designation VersionMin. door radius Packaging
Order No.r [mm] unit
S-OU-SNFor top and bottom hinged doors
200 1 ea.095315
overtravel 5 mm HINGED ACTUATOR-S-OU-SN
Hinged actuatorincl. 2 safety screws M5 x 25
S-LR-SNFor left and right hinged doors
200 1 ea.096838
overtravel 5 mm HINGED ACTUATOR-S-LR-SNincl. 2 safety screws M5 x 10
Hinged actuators for safety switches SGA/SGP/STA/STP/STMActuators made of stainless steelTwo stainless safety screws per actuatorFor top and bottom hinged doorsFor right and left hinged doors
Hinged actuatorFor door radii less than 1000 mm a hingedactuator should be used. The spring actionmovement of the actuator prevents damage dueto the actuator jamming in the actuating head.Depending on the movement of the safety guard,the actuator must be selected for left/right ortop/bottom.
Ordering table
Hinged actuator S-LR-SNSafety guard hinged on left/right, overtravel 5 mm
Hinged actuator S-OU-SNSafety guard hinged at top/bottom, overtravel 5 mm
Dimension drawings
Adjustmentscrew
Adjustmentscrew
Adjustmentscrew
Adjustmentscrew
Accessories
Subject to technical modifications; no responsibility is accepted for the accuracy of this information.96
35,5
33,7
4
28 +
5
4050
4
23
29
44
Ø 5,514
R>200
39
16
30
R > 200
35,5
4
28,5
+5
20
20
59
50
14
28
Ø5,
5
16
28,6 8
14
16
8
40
Designation VersionMin. door radius Packaging
Order No.r [mm] unit
S-OU-LNFor top and bottom hinged doors
200 1 ea.096697
overtravel 5 mm HINGED ACTUATOR-S-OU-LN
Hinged actuatorincl. 2 safety screws M5 x 25
S-LR-LNFor left and right hinged doors
200 1 ea.096844
overtravel 5 mm HINGED ACTUATOR-S-LR-LNincl. 2 safety screws M5 x 10
Hinged actuators for safety switches SGP/STA/STP/STMActuators made of stainless steelTwo stainless safety screws per actuatorFor top and bottom hinged doorsFor right and left hinged doors
Hinged actuatorFor door radii less than 1000 mm a hingedactuator should be used. The spring actionmovement of the actuator prevents damage dueto the actuator jamming in the actuating head.Depending on the movement of the safety guard,the actuator must be selected for left/right ortop/bottom.
Ordering table
Hinged actuator S-LR-LN for insertion funnelSafety guard hinged on left/right, overtravel 5 mm
Hinged actuator S-OU-LN for insertion funnelSafety guard hinged at top/bottom, overtravel 5 mm
Dimension drawings
Adjustmentscrew
Adjustmentscrew
Adjustmentscrew
Adjustmentscrew
Accessories
For
safe
ty p
reca
utio
ns s
ee p
age
160
For
tech
nica
l dat
a se
e pa
ge 1
17
Subject to technical modifications; no responsibility is accepted for the accuracy of this information. 97
Insertion funnelAdapter NP-K
Insertion funnelIf an insertion funnel is used, even inexactlypositioned actuators are inserted reliably in theactuating head due to the large openingaperture, thus protecting the safety switchagainst mechanical influences.
Cannot be used in conjunction with TP safetyswitches with increased overtravel from topThe insertion funnel for TP can only be usedin conjunction with an actuator with longovertravelThe insertion funnel for STP can only be usedin conjunction with an actuator for insertionfunnel
Adapter NP-KThe adapter NP-K is used for top entry overtravelapplications for the NP series.
The adapter cannot be used for safetyswitches of the GP/TP series4 screws 3 x 38 (not safety screws) aresupplied
Insertion funnelFor safety switches NM..VZ
Dimension drawings
12,5
31
23+1
+1
23
1,5
3
28,5
3
7
3
40,5
R>200
R>150 R>200
Minimum door radii with insertion funnel Minimum door radii with insertion funnel
Insertion funnelFor safety switches NP..A/GP/TP..A
Adapter NP-KFor safety switches NP
AdapterNP-K
Insertion funnels/adapters
4747
3
4
3232 +3+3
33,5
33,5
35353,5
3,5
+1,
5+
1,5
1616
8,58,5
3,53,5
R>1000
R>1000R>1000R>1000
R>1000R>1000
Designation Version Use Order No.
For safety switches 083565NM..VZ Insertion funnel M
Insertion funnelIncl. For safety switches 086237
2 fastening screws NP..A/GP/TP..A without adapter Insertion funnel NP/GP/TP
For safety switches 093157SGP/STA/STP/STM Insertion funnel STP/STM
Adapter NP-KIncl.
For safety switches NP074578
4 fastening screws Adapter NP-K
Ordering table
Insertion funnelFor safety switches SGP/STA/STP/STM
Dimension drawings
19
19
4
28,528,5
41,5 51
,54
30
16
9
4
+2
+2
Minimum door radius with insertion funnelR > 300 mm
Accessories
Subject to technical modifications; no responsibility is accepted for the accuracy of this information.98
Mounting plates EMP for safety switches TP...A, STA, and STPFor vertical and horizontal mounting ofsafety switches TP...A, STA and STP
The mounting plates are used for fasteningsafety switches TP...A, STA and STP andactuators to safety guards. The safety switchescan be attached vertically and horizontally.
NoteMounting plate material: St37 galvanized
Mounting example, safety switch vertical
Installation Minimum distanceSwitch method Mounting plate Mounting plate Actuator hinged axis
switch switch actuator to switchST... TP...A ST... TP...A
093456 093457 070038EMP-SB EMP-B1 074577
TP...A...STA... > 300 mm > 1000 mmSTP...
Apage 91
Vertical095315 059440096697 074573
> 200 mm > 100 mm
page 95/96 page 92/93093458 096838 070050EMP-B2 096844 074572
BHorizontal > 200 mm > 90 mm
page 95/96 page 92/93
56
46
434
M5 (4x)
M4 (4x)
M5 (2x)
50
70
6,5
Ordering table
162
83
M5 (8x)
4
45
180
30-50
M5 x 10
M5 x 25
Accessories
For
safe
ty p
reca
utio
ns s
ee p
age
160
For
tech
nica
l dat
a se
e pa
ge 1
17
Subject to technical modifications; no responsibility is accepted for the accuracy of this information. 99
Plug connector M12Plug connector M12 with cable90° angled optional
CableCable sleeve PUR, color black, halogen-free, flameretardant. Reduction of toxic gases and smoke incase of fire. Wire cross-section 0.34 mm².
Plug connector SGLF with cableM12 plug, 4-pin
Dimension drawings
Designation Number of pins VersionCable length
5 m
SGLF 4Female plug M12 035613for male plug SM4 SGLF4-5000PFemale plug M12
035618SWLF 4 bent
SWLF4-5000Pfor male plug SM4
Ordering table
34
4214
8,85
10,5
14,5
2
3
4
1
2
4
3
1 BN
WH
BK
BU
Wiring diagram(view of connection side)
Inserted
Plug connector SWLF with cableM12 plug, 4-pin
2
3
4
1
2
4
3
1 BN
WH
BK
BU
Wiring diagram(view of connection side)
28
38
∅15
41Inserted
Mounting bracket for safety switches NM and NP...ASFor vertical and horizontal mountingof safety switches NM and NP...AS
The mounting bracket is used for fasteningsafety switches NM and NP...AS to safetyguards. The safety switches can be attachedhorizontally or vertically.
NotesMounting plate material: St37 galvanized
Mounting bracketFor safety switches series NM and NP...AS
Dimension drawings
Designation Use
Mounting bracket For safety switches series NM and NP...AS 085753NM, NP horizontal and vertical mounting EMP-SC
Ordering table
99
45
4
23,5
6,58,
5
R
8,5
21
32
44,5
24
6,5
8,5
5
20,5 ±0,1
50 30
21±0,1
60
M5 M5
M5
11
5
103
85
43
19,5
±0,1
39±0,1
21±0,1
±0,
1
M5
M5
M5
M5
M5
M5
M5
R
25
7,5
±0,1
±0,1
17±0,1
17
Accessories
Subject to technical modifications; no responsibility is accepted for the accuracy of this information.100
Designation VersionCable
None 5 m 10 m 15 m 25 mEF 013176 077632 077633 077634
–Female plug SR6EF SR6EF-5000 SR6EF-10000 SR6EF-15000
WF 024999 077638 077639 077640–
SR6 1) Female plug angled SR6WF SR6WF-5000 SR6WF-10000 SR6WF-15000
6-pin + PE K 013178– – – –
Coding shells SR6KAM 087180
– – – –Male socket, connection M20 x 1.5 SR6AM2-M20
EF 070859 077629 077630 077631 094749Female plug SR11EF SR11EF-5000 SR11EF-10000 SR11EF-15000 SR11EF-25000
SR11 1) WF 054773 077635 077636 077637–
11-pin + PE Female plug angled SR11WF SR11WF-5000 SR11WF-10000 SR11WF-15000
AM 091296– – – –
Male socket, connection M20 x 1.5 SR11AM2-M20Socket crimp contacts
071260Wire cross-section
SRF– – – –
SR6 and SR110.5 - 1.5 mm
Pin crimp contacts071261
Wire cross-sectionSRM
– – – –0.5 - 1.5 mm
Plug connectors SR6 and SR11Plugs and socketsCrimp contacts90° angled optionalCable optionalCoding shells
Angled plug connectorOn plug connectors without cablesthe direction of the cable exit can bechosen.
Male socketFor fitting in safety switches.
Coding shellsTwo coding shells and screws. Ifused only matching connectors canbe mated.
Cable (optional)Cable sleeve PUR, color gray, wirecross-section 1.0 mm² (individuallines numbered).
Pin assignment for plug with cable
SR6 SR11Pin Wire Pin Wire1 1 1 1
2 2 2 2
3 3 3 3
4 4 4 4
5 5 5 5
6 6 6 6
� 7 7 7
8 8
9 9
10 10
11 11
� 12
Male socket SR6 AM6-pin + PE
Female plug SR6 WF angled6-pin + PE
Female plug SR6 EF6-pin + PE
Dimension drawings
Male socket SR11 AM11-pin + PE
Female plug SR11 WF angled11-pin + PE
Female plug SR11 EF11-pin + PE
Ordering table
78
∅ 28
91
55
64
56
15,2
View of connection side, socket
78∅ 28
91
View of connection side, socket
View of connection side, socket View of connection side, socket
Inse
rted
Inse
rted
Inserted
Inserted
SW27
8+
1
17+
1
10m
ax.
25,3
+0,
27
∅ 19,8 -0,2
M26x1,5
M20x1,5
∅ 29,5 -0,4
∅ 26
View of connection side, plug
SW27
8+
1
17,6
+3,
5
∅ 19,8 -0,3
M26x1,5
M20x1,5
∅ 29,5 -0,2
23,6
±0,
7
10,5
max
.
View of connection side, plug
1) Crimp contacts supplied. For information on crimp contacts see page 115.
76
62
Accessories
For
safe
ty p
reca
utio
ns s
ee p
age
160
For
tech
nica
l dat
a se
e pa
ge 1
17
Subject to technical modifications; no responsibility is accepted for the accuracy of this information. 101
Designation Version Without cable
EF-C1825 077025Female plug RC18EF-C1825
WF-C1825 077026
RC18 1)Female plug angled RC18WF-C1825
18-pin + PEReplacement socket
crimp contactsWire cross-section 094310
16 x 0.38 - 0.5 mm2 Pin crimp contact RCM-C1825
3 x 0.75 - 1 mm2
1) Crimp contacts are included. For information on crimp contacts see page 115.2) Plug connector RC18 on the switches STP/STA not aligned.
Plug connectors RC18� 90° angled optional� Cable optional� Halogen-free cable optional
Crimp contactsWith 19 crimp pins for wire cross-section 0.75 -1.00 mm².
Plug connector angled (optional)On plug connectors with cables the direction ofthe cable exit can be chosen on left/right. Onplug connectors without cables the direction canbe adjusted.
Cable (optional)Cable sleeve PUR, color black, wire cross-section 0.5 mm² or 1.0 mm².
Cable halogen-free (optional)Cable sleeve PUR, color black, halogen-free,silicone-free. Reduction of toxic gases and smo-ke in case of fire.Wire cross-section 0.5 mm² or 1.0 mm².
Female plug RC18..C1825angled 18-pin + PE (for cable diameter 10 ... 14 mm)
Female plug RC18..C182518-pin + PE (for cable diameter 10 ... 14 mm)
Dimension drawings
Ordering table
62
SW
20
M20x1,5
58
SW
24
∅ 2
6
18
19
15
1211
9
5
4
3
2
1
17
1614
13
52
6
10
8
7
18
19
15
1211
9
5
4
3
2
1
17
1614
13
6
10
8
7
SW20
M20
x1,5
52
59
Ø26
View onconnection side, socket
With screen bonding clamp
View onconnection side,
socket
With screen bonding clampInserted
Inserted
Zubehoer_EN.pmd 04.11.2011, 09:37101
Accessories
Subject to technical modifications; no responsibility is accepted for the accuracy of this information.102
Desig. Version Cable1.5 m 3 m 6 m 8 m 10 m 15 m 20 m 25 m 30 m
RC1818-pin
EF-C1825 092761 092816 077014 077015 092898 077016 092726 092727 095993+ PEBuchsenstecker RC18EF1,5M-C1825 RC18EF3M-C1825 RC18EF6M-C1825 RC18EF8M-C1825 RC18EF10M-C1825 RC18EF15M-C1825 RC18EF20M-C1825 RC18EF25M-C1825 RC18EF30M-C1825with
cable
RC1818-pin+ PE
EFF-C1825 092883 092884 092885 092886 092887 092888 092889 092890–with
Buchsenstecker RC18EF1,5MF-C1825 RC18EF3MF-C1825 RC18EF6MF-C1825 RC18EF8MF-C1825 RC18EF10MF-C1825 RC18EF15MF-C1825 RC18EF20MF-C1825 RC18EF25MF-C1825cable
halogen-
free
Female plug RC18..C1825 with cable18-pin + PE / 19-pinPUR
Dimension drawings
Ordering table
Pin assignment plug RC18 with cable and option C1825Pin Wire color Wire cross section [mm]1 VT 0,52 RD 0,53 GY 0,54 RD/BU 0,55 GN 0,56 BU 1,07 GY/PK 0,58 GN/WH 0,59 YE/WH 0,5
10 GY/WH 0,511 BK 0,512 GN/YE 1,013 PK 0,514 BN/GY 0,515 BN/YE 0,516 BN/GN 0,517 WH 0,518 YE 0,519 BN 1,0
Female plug RC18..C1825 with cable halogen-free18-pin + PE
18
19
15
1211
9
5
4
3
2
1
17
1614
13
6
10
8
7
92
85 ∅
11,4
±0,
3
∅26
With screenbonding clamp
View onconnection side, socket
Inserted
View onconnection side, socket
With screenbonding clamp
Inserted
18
19
15
1211
9
5
4
3
2
1
17
1614
13
6
10
8
7
SW20
Ø26
71
78
Ø11
,6±
0,3
Version Cable *1,5 m 3 m 6 m 10 m 15 m 20 m 25 m
RC18Female plug 110301 110302 110303 110304 110305 110306 110307
19-pin C-M23F19-PU01,5-MA-110301 C-M23F19-PU03,0-MA-110302 C-M23F19-PU06,0-MA-110303 C-M23F19-PU10,0-MA-110304 C-M23F19-PU15,0-MA-110305 C-M23F19-PU20,0-MA-110306 C-M23F19-PU25,0-MA-110307
with cable PUR
* Core cross-section as connection cable on left.
Ordering table female plug RC18 with cable PUR, 19-pin, separately numbered cores, black (Numbering as per the pin number)
Accessories
For
safe
ty p
reca
utio
ns s
ee p
age
160
For
tech
nica
l dat
a se
e pa
ge 1
17
Subject to technical modifications; no responsibility is accepted for the accuracy of this information. 103
Version Number Material Cable length L [mm]of pins 910 1800 3600 6000 9100 12100 15200 18200 24300
PVC - 100959 100960 100961 100962 103158 103159 103160 -Female plug
12with cable
PUR - 100966 100967 102522 102523 102524 102525 102526 -
PVC - - 100963 100964 100965 - - - -Extension
12cable
PUR - 102527 100968 - - - - - -
Female plug with cable12-pin
Dimension drawings
Ordering table
Extension cable12-pin
Plug connector BHA12 with cableØ
32
64
Ø 1
0,4
50
Ø 3
2
64
Ø 1
0,4 64
Female plug Female plug Male plug
Cable length L Cable length L
Pin assignment (Wire cross-section 0.82 mm² / 18 AWG)Pin Wire color1 OG2 BU3 WH/BK4 RD/BK5 GN/BK6 OG/BK7 BU/BK8 BK/WH9 GN/YE
10 RD11 WH12 BK
View of connectionside, socket
12-pin
1110126
9
5 4
7
8
3
2
1
Accessories
Subject to technical modifications; no responsibility is accepted for the accuracy of this information.104
Thread VersionMaterial
Metal Plastic
M16 x 1.5Cable diameter
–084572
5 – 10 mm EKPM16/05
M20 x 1.5Cable diameter
–086233
6 – 12 mm EKPM20/06
Cable glandsM16 x 1.5M20 x 1.5
Cable glandsSuitable for various cable diameters. Versionsavailable in plastic and metal.
Ordering table
E M
BA
SW
LED displays for safety switches GP/ TP and STPLED setBuilt-in LED
LED setConsisting of cover with lamp caps, LED modulewith rectifier and two LEDs (green/red). Forretrofitting safety switches TP and STP with anLED display.Operating voltage AC/DC 24 V +10%, -15%.
Built-in LEDThe built-in LED is suitable for direct installationin one of the M20 x 1.5 threads of the threecable entries of the safety switches GP/TP/STP.The built-in LED indicates to the user whetherthe switch is locked or whether the door is open/closed.The switching element can be wired individually.Operating voltage DC 24 V +10%, -15%.
Built-in LEDFor safety switches GP/TP/STP/STA
M20x1,520x1,5
8
∅ 28,728,7
∅ 26,526,5
1
R11,811,8
9,5
9,514
,514
,5
38,5
38,5
ca. 1
15ca
. 115
SWSW2727
LED setFor safety switches TP/STP
Designation Version UsePackaging
Order No.unit
For safety switches1 ea.
093752
LED setIncl. cover with lamp caps and LED module with TP LED set TP
rectifier and 2 LEDs (red/green) For safety switches1 ea.
098035STP LED set STP
Color redFor safety switches 087423
for cable entry M20 x 1.5, with sealGP/TP/STA/STP
1 ea.LED M20x1.5
Built-in LED light radiation to side(IP65) Color red
For safety switches 095510for cable entry M20 x 1.5, with seal
GP/TP/STA/STP1 ea.
LED-F M20x1.5light radiation to front
Ordering table
Item ThreadCable-∅∅∅∅∅ A B E SW
[mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] [mm]EKP.16/05 M16 x 1.5 5 - 10 28 8 22 20EKP.16/05 M20 x 1.5 6 - 12 28 11 27 24
Accessories
For
safe
ty p
reca
utio
ns s
ee p
age
160
For
tech
nica
l dat
a se
e pa
ge 1
17
Subject to technical modifications; no responsibility is accepted for the accuracy of this information. 105
Miscellaneous accessories
Designation Version Use Order No.
For safety switches 096105
Lockout bar 3 holesNP/GP/TP Lockout bar TP
For safety switches 105701SGA/SGP/STA/STP Lockout bar STP
Latch spring For safety switches 076501NP/GP/TP Latch spring NP/TP
Unique lockingFor safety switches TP/STP
084177(unique key needed to open) Lock TP
Identical lockingFor safety switches TP/STP
086236(unique key needed to open) Lock TP
LockIdentical locking
(unique key needed to open)For safety switches TP/STP
109212Key can only be removed Lock TP identical locking C2293
in locked positionReplacement key
099434(2 ea.) for identical For safety switches TP/STP/SGP-TWReplacement key for identical locking TPlocking
Ordering table
Lockout barLatch spring for increased retentionforceLock for mechanical release
Lockout barWith the safety door open, can be slid into theactuating head on a switch with separateactuator (NP/GP/TP/STA/STP) instead of anactuator. Removal can be prevented using acommercially available padlock (max. 3 ea.). Forthe protection of people in areas with a possiblehazard.
Lockout barFor safety switches NP/GP/TP
39 20,5
19Blade
LockedMarking
Unlocked
Bolt
Sliding
Latch spring for increased retention forceFor safety switches NP/GP/TP
Maßzeichnungen
0,5
30,5 20
66
1
7,5
14
ø4,1
8
M4 / ø4,1 max.
min.ø10
min.ø10
(20)(31)
3,5
ca.4
,5
Installation example
Lockout barFor safety switches SGA/SGP/STA/STP
Latch springProvides an increased retention force of approx.30N for the safety switches NP and GP or TP inunlocked condition.May only be used in conjunction with the straightactuator with rubber bush (Order No. 070046).
LockThe lock is used in combination with safetyswitch TP/STP. The mechanical key releaseenables authorized personnel to actuate themechanical release using the related key incertain situations. The unlocking mechanismholds the solenoid in the “unlocked” position.Two screws are used to fix the lock to the coverof the safety switch TP/STP (above themechanical release).
Order safety switch TP/STP separately2 keys are includedEvery safety switch of the series TP/STPcan be upgraded to include a lock
7,2 (3x)
83
28
76
5,7
7,2 (3x)
76
82
LockFor safety switches TP/STP
Accessories
Subject to technical modifications; no responsibility is accepted for the accuracy of this information.106
Miscellaneous accessories
Emergency unlocking for safetyswitches TP/STPEmergency unlocking for safetyswitches STAEmergency unlocking with automaticreset for safety switches TP/STPHandle for escape releaseTriangular key for safety switches TK
Emergency unlockingIs used for the manual release of the guardlocking without tools. The emergency unlockingmechanism must be returned to the locked statemanually. A sealing wire can be fitted to protectagainst tampering.Attention: Prior to mounting, the locking screwfor the mechanical release must be removed.
Emergency unlockingFor safety switches TP/STP
Dimension drawings
Emergency unlocking with automatic resetFor safety switches TP/STP
Emergency unlockingFor safety switches STA
ReleaseIs used for manual unlocking of the guardlocking. The integrated spring automaticallyresets the release to the locked state.Attention: Prior to mounting, the locking screwfor the mechanical release must be removed.
Handle for escape releaseCan be mounted on all escape release actuatorshafts C1993 for safety switches TP, STP andSTA for easier use.
25
ØØ38 25
Ø38
Ø25
21,6
Ø40
21,5
Ø25
Handle for escape releaseFor safety switch STA
50
24,5
Designation Version Use Order No.
Incl. 2 screwsFor safety switches TP/STP
099877
Emergency unlockingM3 x 17 Emergency unlocking TP/STP
Incl. 2 screwsFor safety switches STA
099876M3 x 17 Emergency unlocking STA
Emergency unlocking Incl. 2 screwsFor safety switches TP/STP
103110with automatic reset M3 x 17 Emergency unlocking with automatic reset TP/STP
Handle forfor safety switch STA
105329escape release FE-Griff
Triangular key DIN 22417 M5 100 mm For safety switches TK103057
Triangular key
Ordering table
Accessories
For
safe
ty p
reca
utio
ns s
ee p
age
160
For
tech
nica
l dat
a se
e pa
ge 1
17
Subject to technical modifications; no responsibility is accepted for the accuracy of this information. 107
Wire front release (bowden)Handle for wire front release (bowden)Safety screwsReplacement screws
Wire front release (latching)Flexible routing of the pull rope permits releaseof the guard locking in inaccessible installationsituations.
Use as emergency unlocking in the case ofinaccessible mounting of the safety switch.Use as escape release for release of theguard locking from within the danger area.Can be retrofitted on all safety switchesseries TP/STP.
Safety screwsTo prevent unscrewing of actuators andactuating heads. The screws can be tightenedusing a normal tool, but cannot be removedagain.
ReplacementscrewsFor mounting actuating heads (not safety screws).
Designation Version Use Order No.
Length 3 mFor safety switches TP
096230(2 m sheathed) BW-TP-C-2000
Front wire Length 4 mFor safety switches TP
098313release (latching) (3 m sheathed) BW-TP-C-3000
pre-assembled incl. cover Length 5 mFor safety switches TP
098314and pull wire (4 m sheathed) BW-TP-C-4000
Length 3 mFor safety switches STP
097952(2 m sheathed) BW-STP-C-2000
Handle forFor safety switches TP/STP
099795wire front release BW handle
For hinged actuators for top and073457M5 x 25 bottom hinged doors
M5x25/V100of series NM..VZ, NP..., GP... and TP...
M5 x 10For actuators straight/bent/hinged
073455Material: stainless steel
actuators for right and left hung doorsM5x10/V100of series NM..VZ, NP..., GP... and TP...
M4 x 14For all actuators 074063
Safety screws in series NM..VZ M4x14/V100
VPE: 100 ea. M4 x 14 For actuators straight/bent/hinged with bush 086232Material: stainless steel of series NP..., GP... and TP... M4x14/V100
PL3x30Cap screws for series 075532NP...A, GP... and TP...A PL3x30/V100
PL3x26Cap screws for series 085576
NM..AL, NM..AG, NM..AK, NM..AV and NM..VZ PL3x26/V100
PL3x8Cap screws for series 085577
NM..HB, NM..KB, NM..RB and NM..WO PL3x8/V100
Replacement screws PL3x30 Cap screws for series 082237VPE: 100 ea. Material: stainless steel NP...A, GP... and TP...A PL3x30/V100
(not safetyPL3x38
Cap screws for series 076755screws) NP...K and TP...K PL3x38/V100
Ordering table
Miscellaneous accessories
Front wire release (bowden)For safety switches TP/STP
Handle for front wire releaseFor safety switches TP/STP
50
35
Accessories
Subject to technical modifications; no responsibility is accepted for the accuracy of this information.108
Bolts for safety guards for safety switches NM
Designation Detent mechanism Version Order No.
Bolt NM NoneFor right or left hinged doors 077233
Actuator and switch bracket included Bolt NM
Switch bracket NM Separate077245
Switch bracket NM
For left or right hinged doors
FeaturesEasily fitted to standard aluminum profilesand machine covers by screw connectionDistinctive yellow color for easy recognitionSymmetrical design for doors hinged on theright or leftNo additional door handle necessaryBolt with detent mechanism in openedpositionThrough hole on the bolt permits attachmentof padlocks
NotesActuator and switch bracket includedPlease order safety switch separately
Ordering table
Bolt for safety switches NM..VZ
Dimension drawings
AA
6
168
180
15 15 10 15
115
726 4060
3032
4
40
74
16
34 80 31
A-A 2:1
For M6 screw(also suitablefor M5)
Guard
For M5 screw
For M4 screw(2 screws M4 x 30 included)
For M6 screw (also suitable for M5)
Guard framemade of aluminumsection
Guard framemade of aluminumsection
Righthinged door
Section A-ABolt latches inopen position
Accessories
For
safe
ty p
reca
utio
ns s
ee p
age
160
For
tech
nica
l dat
a se
e pa
ge 1
17
Subject to technical modifications; no responsibility is accepted for the accuracy of this information. 109
Bolt for safety guards for safety switches NP, GP and TP
Designation Detent mechanism Version Order No.
Bolt 0 NP/TP NoneFor right or left hinged doors 073535
1 x detent(also for GP) Bolt 0 NP/TP
Bolt 1 NP/TP mechanism closed
For right or left hinged doors 073536(also for GP) Bolt 1 NP/TP
Switch bracket NP Separate073538
Switch bracket NP
Switch bracket TP Separate (also for GP)073539
Switch bracket TP
For left or right hinged doors
FeaturesEasily fitted to standard aluminum profilesand machine covers by screw connectionDistinctive yellow color for easy recognitionSymmetrical design for doors hinged on theright or leftNo additional door handle necessaryAutomatic detent mechanism when bolt ismoved to the locked position (only availableon bolt 1 NP/TP version)Detent mechanism prevents unintentionalopening of the hinged doorSlot on the bolt permits attachment of padlocksIdentical bolt for safety switches seriesNP...AS and TP...A
NotesSwitch bracket NP is suitable only for theseries NP...ASSwitch bracket TP is suitable only for theseries TP...A and GPActuator includedPlease order safety switch and switch bra-cket separately
Ordering table
Bolt for safety switches NP..AS/GP.../TP...A
Dimension drawings
4762
40
ø6,
2
NP
: 125
TP
: 217
ø6,2
2020
6 ±1
(46 ±1 )
114
10
25
75
NP
: 151
,5T
P: 2
50
NP
: 19
TP
: 25,
5
NP: 28,5TP: 34,5
104
140 37
Approach direction
After adjustmentconnectpositivelyDetail A
Detail A
Door hinged on the left
Guardframe (40 x40)
Accessories
Subject to technical modifications; no responsibility is accepted for the accuracy of this information.110
Designation Detent mechanism Version Order No.
Bolt TP-AF Detent knobFor right hinged doors 086186with escape release Bolt TP-AF
Bolt TP-CF Detent knobFor left hinged doors 086188with escape release Bolt TP-CF
Bolt TP-A NoneFor right hinged doors 084430
without escape release (also for GP) Bolt TP-A
Bolt TP-C NoneFor left hinged doors 084432
without escape release (also for GP) Bolt TP-C
Lever for escape release from thedanger area (optional)
Special features(only for bolt TP-AF and TP-CF with escaperelease)
Bolt with detent mechanismThe bolt latches in open position to preventunintended closingLever for escape release from the dangerarea
FeaturesEasily fitted to standard aluminum profilesand machine covers by screw connectionDistinctive yellow color for easy recognitionRobust version for heavy doorsNo additional door handle necessarySlot on the bolt permits attachment of padlocks
NotesThe bolts are suitable only for the seriesTP...A and GPActuator includedPlease order safety switch separately
Ordering table
Bolt for safety switches GP.../TP...A/TP..A.-C1743/TP...A.-C1993
Dimension drawings (here: shown with escape release)
60
M5 (4x)
42
1101540
20
18
30
14
30
74
3514
4
283
305
20
ca.25
1)
1512
0
171,
5
69
6213558
8
33 10
(16)
90 85
For M6 screwForM6 screw
ForM6 screw
For M6 screw
Stop screwlocked
Safety switch TP...Approach direction A
Righthingeddoor
Guardframe (40 x40)
1) Bolt with detent mechanism (only for bolt TP-AF and TP-CFwith escape release):Latches in open position and prevents unintended closingof the bolt.Unlocked by pulling the detent knob upward.
Bolt for safety guards for safety switches GP and TP
Accessories
For
safe
ty p
reca
utio
ns s
ee p
age
160
For
tech
nica
l dat
a se
e pa
ge 1
17
Subject to technical modifications; no responsibility is accepted for the accuracy of this information. 111
38
76,8
144
42 60
M5
58
2040
283
305
30
35
20
160
30
15
94,3
81,5 155
13
108,
8
40
Designation Detent mechanism Version Order No.
Bolt 1 x detent For doors hinged on the right or left 106302BTC-T/G-S-TH-01-F mechanism open with escape release Bolt BTC-T/GP-S-TH-01-F
BoltWithout
For doors hinged on the right or left 106301BTC-T/G-S-TH-00-X without escape release Bolt BTC-T/GP-S-TH-00-X
Material: die-cast aluminumLever for escape release from the dan-ger area (optional)For doors hinged on the right or left
Special features(only for bolt BTC-T/G-S-TH-01-F with escaperelease)
Bolt with detent mechanismThe bolt latches in open position to pre-vent unintended closing of the bolt. Unlo-cked by pressing the knobLever for escape release from the dangerarea (optional)
FeaturesEasily fitted to standard aluminum profilesand machine covers with screw connectionDistinctive yellow color for easy recognitionRobust version for heavy doorsNo additional door handle necessary
NotesThe bolts are only suitable for series TP...Aund GPActuator includedOrder safety switch separately
Ordering table
Bolt for safety switch GP.../TP...A/TP..A.-C1743/TP...A.-C1993
Dimension drawings (here: shown with escape release)
ForM6 screw For M6 screw
ForM6 screw
Door hinged on the right
Safety guard frame
1) Bolt with detent mechanism (only for bolt BTC-T/G-S-TH-01-Fwith escape release):latches in open position and prevents unintended closing of thebolt.Unlocked by pressing the knob
Bolt for safety guards for safety switches GP and TP
Opening
Release knob 1)
Accessories
Subject to technical modifications; no responsibility is accepted for the accuracy of this information.112
Designation Detent mechanism Version Order No.
Bolt S-AF Detent knobFor right hinged doors 096390with escape release Bolt S-AF
Bolt S-CF Detent knobFor left hinged doors 096391with escape release Bolt S-CF
Bolt S-A NoneFor right hinged doors 096384without escape release Bolt S-A
Bolt S-C NoneFor left hinged doors 096385
without escape release Bolt S-C
Lever for escape release from thedanger area (optional)
Special features(only for bolt STP-AF and STP-CF with escaperelease)
Bolt with detent mechanismThe bolt latches in open position to preventunintended closingLever for escape release from the dangerarea (optional)
FeaturesEasily fitted to standard aluminum profilesand machine covers by screw connectionDistinctive yellow color for easy recognitionRobust version for heavy doorsNo additional door handle necessarySlot on the bolt permits attachment of padlocks
NotesThe bolts are only suitable for series STP.../STA.../SGP...Actuator includedPlease order safety switch separately
Ordering table
Bolts for safety switches series STP.../STA.../SGP...
Dimension drawings (here: shown with escape release)
20
18
4015110
15
171,
5
20
30
M5 (4x)
305
283
30
14
74
144
35
B
69
38
8(1
6)
62
120
85 90
ca.
58135
1)
4260
25
ForM6 screw
ForM6 screw
ForM6 screw
For M6 screw
Stop screwlocked
Safety switch STP...Approach direction C
Lefthingeddoor
Guardframe (40 x40)
1) Bolt with detent mechanism (only for bolt STP-AF andSTP-CF with escape release):Latches in open position and prevents unintended closingof the bolt.Unlocked by pulling the detent knob upward.
Bolts for safety guards for safety switches STP/STA/SGP
Accessories
For
safe
ty p
reca
utio
ns s
ee p
age
160
For
tech
nica
l dat
a se
e pa
ge 1
17
Subject to technical modifications; no responsibility is accepted for the accuracy of this information. 113
38
76,8
144
42 60
M5
58
2040
283
305
30
35
20
160
30
15
94,3
81,5 155
13
108,
8
40
Designation Detent mechanism Version Order No.
Bolt 1 x detent For doors hinged on the right or left 106285BTC-ST/G-S-TH-01-F mechanism open with escape release Bolt BTC-ST/G-S-TH-01-F
BoltWithout
For doors hinged on the right or left 106284BTC-ST/G-S-TH-00-X without escape release Bolt BTC-ST/G-S-TH-00-X
Material: die-cast aluminumLever for escape release from the dan-ger area (optional)For doors hinged on the right or left
Special features(only for bolt BTC-ST/G-S-TH-01-F with escaperelease)
Bolt with detent mechanismThe bolt latches in open position to pre-vent unintended closing of the bolt. Unlo-cked by pressing the knobLever for escape release from the dangerarea (optional)
FeaturesEasily fitted to standard aluminum profilesand machine covers with screw connectionDistinctive yellow color for easy recognitionRobust version for heavy doorsNo additional door handle necessary
NotesThe bolts are only suitable for series STP.../STA.../SGP.../SGA...Actuator includedOrder safety switch separately
Ordering table
Bolt for safety switch STP.../STA.../SGP.../SGA...
Dimension drawings (here: shown with escape release)
ForM6 screw For M6 screw
ForM6 screw
Door hinged on the right
Safety guard frame
1) Bolt with detent mechanism (only for bolt BTC-ST/G-S-TH-01-Fwith escape release):latches in open position and prevents unintended closing of thebolt.Unlocked by pressing the knob
Bolt for safety guards for safety switches STP/STA/SGP/SGA
Opening
Release knob 1)
Accessories
Subject to technical modifications; no responsibility is accepted for the accuracy of this information.114
37,5
7
54
74
291
230
15
9
27
22
M5 (4x)
30
9
2214
4
345
35
112
8590
35
10,5
34
64
1)
Designation Detent mechanism Version Order No.
Bolt TP-GFK-F Detent knobFor right or left hinged doors 097602
with escape release (also for GP) Bolt TP-GFK-F
Bolt TP-GFK withoutFor right or left hinged doors 096616
without escape release (also for GP) Bolt TP-GFK
Bolt STP-GFK withoutFor right or left hinged doors 098121
without escape release (also for SGP/STA) Bolt STP-GFK
Switch bracket TP-GFK Separate (also for GP/SGP/STP/STA)096613
Switch bracket TP-GFK
Material: reinforced plasticLever for escape release from thedanger areaFor left or right hinged doors
Special featuresBolt with detent mechanism (only for boltswith escape release)The bolt latches in open position to preventunintended closing
FeaturesEasily fitted to standard aluminum profilesand machine covers by screw connectionDistinctive yellow color for easy recognitionRobust version for heavy doorsNo additional door handle necessarySlot on the bolt permits attachment of padlocks
NotesFunctions only in conjunction with switchbracket TP-GFKActuator includedPlease order safety switch separatelyOrder switch bracket separately
Ordering table
Bolt for safety switches GP.../TP...A/TP..A.-C1743/TP...A.-C1993
Dimension drawings (here: shown with escape release)
For M6 screw
ForM6 screw
ForM6 screw
For M6 screw
Safety switch TP...Approach direction A
Righthingeddoor
Guardframe (40 x40)
1) Bolt with detent mechanism (only for bolts with escaperelease:Latches in open position and prevents unintended closingof the bolt.Unlocked by pulling the detent knob upward.
Bolt for safety guards for safety switches GP, SGP, TP, STA and STP
Door gap 15 mm Door radius >200
Accessories
For
safe
ty p
reca
utio
ns s
ee p
age
160
For
tech
nica
l dat
a se
e pa
ge 1
17
Subject to technical modifications; no responsibility is accepted for the accuracy of this information. 115
ForFunction Manufacturer’s designationplug connectors
Crimp tool932 507-002
SR6 and SR11XZC 0701
Extraction tool931 812-001
XWA 164
Crimp toolTA0500 + TA0000163 + TA0002016001
C16-1Crimp pliers, jaws and contact receptacle
Extraction toolFG 0300 1461
Extraction tool
Crimp toolRC-Z 2378
RC12Crimp pliers for machined contacts
Extraction toolRC-Z 2097
Extraction tool/insertion tool
Crimp toolRC-Z 2378
RC18Crimp pliers for machined contacts
Extraction toolRC-Z 2274Extraction tool
Crimp toolT98143 DAK 83S-30 / 11-7576T3
VP19Insertion tool
Extraction tool46592-MT50 / 11-7576T3
Removal tool
Crimp toolY16RCM
UT23Crimping tool for machined contacts
Extraction toolRX2025GE1Extraction tool
Crimp toolWT10-04
TB24Crimp tool
Extraction toolTRT16
Contact removal tool
Hir
schm
ann
ww
w.h
irsc
hm
ann.
com
Am
phen
ol-
Tuch
elw
ww
.am
phen
ol-
tuch
el.c
om
Con
inve
rsww
w.co
ninv
ers.
com
Litt
on/
Veam
www.
litto
nvea
m.c
om
Bur
ndy
www.
burn
dy.c
om
Plug connectors and accessories
Type Version Manufacturer’s designation
Female plug M1299-0436-57-05
Cable socketSVM5
Female flange connector M1209-3442-700-05
5 pins Flange connector with wires
Dummy plug M1208-2425-000-000
Protective cap for socket with retaining strapCE5
Mating connector (socket) CEE plug as per CEE standard3 pins + N + PE
Female flange connectorT3107 500
Female receptacleC16-1 Female crimp contacts VN02 016 0002 (1)
6 pins + PE for C16-1, VPE 100 pcs. Single contact, silver, 0.5-1.5 mm2
Dummy plugT6483 000
Protective cap for female receptacle
Flange connector 1 cable exit19 20 010 0251
Socket housing 1 cable exitSocket contacts 09 20 010 3101
HAN10 (installation for flange socket) Socket contact insert crimp connection10 pins + PE
Socket contacts for crimping09 33 000 6220
Socket crimp contacts 0.5 mm2
Dummy plug09 20 010 5425
CoverFemale flange connector, solder RC-17S1Y122000
RC17-Y coded for male plug RC17Y) Flange plug connector 17-pin17-pin
Blanking plugRC-17P1N8A83NN
Protective cap for socket with retaining strap
Bind
erw
ww
.bin
der-
conn
ecto
r.de
Amph
enol
-Tuc
hel
ww
w.a
mph
enol
-tuc
hel.c
omH
artin
gw
ww
.har
ting.
com
Con
inve
rsww
w.co
ninv
ers.
com
List of plug connector suppliersWe provide no guarantee for the completeness and correctness of the ordering data given. The data was valid in October 2004. The relatedmanufacturers reserve the right to make changes without notice. The plug connectors and accessories listed are also available from othermanufacturers.
Crimp and extraction tools
Thom
as &
Bet
tsww
w.tn
b.co
m
Accessories
Subject to technical modifications; no responsibility is accepted for the accuracy of this information.116
Technical Data
117
Overview
Safety switch seriesAcces-
NM NM..VZ NP GP SGP SGP-TW SGA TPSTP
STP-TW STA STA-TW STM TK soriesPage
STP-BI� 118
� 120� 121
� 123� 124
� 126� 127
� 129� 133
� 136� 138
� 140� 142
� 144� 146
Safety switch seriesNM Safety switch NM
NM..VZ Safety switch NM..VZ
NP Safety switch NP
GP Safety switch GP
SGP Safety switch SGP
SGP-TW Safety switch SGP-TW
SGA Safety switch SGA
TP Safety switch TP
STP Safety switch STP
STP-BI Safety switch STP-BI
STP-TW Safety switch STP-TW
STA Safety switch STA
STA-TW Safety switch STA
STM Safety switch STM
TK Safety switch TK
Accessories for safety switches
Technical Data
Subject to technical modifications; no responsibility is accepted for the accuracy of this information.118
Safety switch NM...The technical data on switches and switching elements apply to allconnections. Further technical data are given for the connection selected.
Switch
Parameter Value UnitHousing material Reinforced thermoplasticMechanical life WO/RB KB/HB AV/AL/AG/AK
30 x 106 20 x 106 > 4 x 106 Operating cyclesWeight approx. 0.1 kgActuator material Plastic; hinged actuators steel (stainless)Approach speed, max. 60 m/minActuating force 15 N
Switching element
Parameter Value UnitSwitching principle Slow-action switching elementSwitching elements ES01with 1 switching element 1 NC Switching elements ES11 ES02 ES12 ES03with 2 switching elements 1 NC + 1 NO 2 NC 2 NC + 1 NO 3 NC Switching current, min., at DC 24 V 1 mASwitching voltage, min. 12 VContact material Silver alloy, gold flashed
1 2 3
Connection, cable entry M16 x 1.5
Parameter Value UnitAmbient temperature - 20 ... + 80 °CConnection Screw terminalVersion M16 x 1.5Conductor cross-section 0.34 ... 1.5 mm²Degree of protection according to IEC 60529 IP 67Rated insulation voltage Ui 250 V AC/DCRated impulse withstand voltage Uimp 2.5 kVConventional thermal current Ith 4 AShort circuit protection according to IEC 60269-1
4 A gG(control circuit fuse)Utilization category to IEC 60947-5-1 AC-15 Ie 4 A Ue 230 V
DC-13 Ie 4 A Ue 24 V
M16x1,5
1) Screwed tight with the related plug connector (see page 99)
Connection, plug connector SM 4 (M12)
Parameter Value UnitAmbient temperature - 20 ... + 60 °CConnection Plug connectorVersion M12 (4-pin)Degree of protection according to IEC 60529 IP 67 1)
Rated insulation voltage Ui 250 V AC/DCRated impulse withstand voltage Uimp 2.3 kVConventional thermal current Ith 1.5 AShort circuit protection according to IEC 60269-1
4 A gG(control circuit fuse)Utilization category to IEC 60947-5-1 AC-15 Ie 4 A Ue 230 V
DC-13 Ie 4 A Ue 24 V
4-pin
Reliability values acc. to EN ISO 13849-1
Parameter Value UnitB10d 2 x 107 operating cycles
Technical Data
Subject to technical modifications; no responsibility is accepted for the accuracy of this information. 119
21-2
231
-32
0
1
2
3
4mm
ES02
21-2
2
0
1
2
3
4mm
ES01
13-1
421
-22
0
1
2
3
4mm
ES11
13-1
421
-22
0
1
2
3
4mm
ES12
31-3
2
21-2
2
0
1
2
3
4mm
ES03
31-3
2
28
32+1
32 36
NM...WO NM...RB
11-1
2
2,5 2,5
Travel diagramNM.AV/NM.AL/NM.AG/NM.AK
Contactsopen
Contactsclosed
Contactspositively opened
21-2
231
-32
ES02
21-2
2
ES01
13-1
421
-22
ES11
13-1
421
-22
ES12
31-3
2
11-1
221
-22
ES03
31-3
2
NM...AVNM..ALNM..AGNM..AK
0° 25° 0°
5°
10°
15°
20°
25°
4°
0°
5°
10°
15°
20°
25°
4°
0°
5°
10°
15°
20°
25°
4°
0°
5°
10°
15°
20°
25°
4°
0°
5°
10°
15°
20°
25°
4°
Travel diagramNM.HB
Contactsopen
Contactsclosed
Contactspositively opened
21-2
231
-32
ES02
21-2
2
ES01
13-1
421
-22
ES11
13-1
421
-22
ES12
31-3
2
11-1
221
-22
ES03
31-3
2
NM...HB
0°
65°
0°
10°
20°
30°
40°
50°
60°65°
0°
10°
20°
30°
40°
50°
60°65°
0°
10°
20°
30°
40°
50°
60°65°
0°
10°
20°
30°
40°
50°
60°65°
0°
10°
20°
30°
40°
50°
60°65°
35° 35° 35°
45°
35° 35°
45°
Travel diagramNM.KB
Contactsopen
Contactsclosed
Contactspositively opened
21-2
231
-32
mm
ES0221
-22
mm
ES01
13-1
421
-22
mm
ES11
13-1
421
-22
mm
ES12
31-3
2
21-2
2
mm
ES03
31-3
2
NM...KB
38
45
01234567
01234567
01234567
01234567
01234567
11-1
2
3,5 3,5 3,53,53,5
End
posi
tion
Free
pos
ition
Travel diagramNM.WO/NM.RB
Contactsopen
Contactsclosed
Contactspositively opened
End
posi
tion
Free
pos
ition
End
posi
tion
Free
pos
ition
Technical Data
Subject to technical modifications; no responsibility is accepted for the accuracy of this information.120
Safety switch NM..VZThe technical data on switches and switching elements apply to allconnections. Further technical data are given for the connection selected.
Switching element
Parameter Value UnitSwitching principle Slow-action switching elementSwitching elements ES01with 1 switching element 1 NC Switching elements ES11 ES02 ES12 ES03with 2 switching elements 1 NC + 1 NO 2 NC 2 NC + 1 NO 2 NC Switching current, min., at DC 24 V 1 mASwitching voltage, min., at 10 mA 12 VContact material Silver alloy, gold flashed
1 2 3
Connection, cable entry M16 x 1.5
Parameter Value UnitAmbient temperature - 20 ... + 80 °CConnection Screw terminalVersion M16 x 1.5Conductor cross-section 0.34 ... 1.5 mm²Degree of protection according to IEC 60529 IP 67Rated insulation voltage Ui 250 V AC/DCRated impulse withstand voltage Uimp 2.5 kVConventional thermal current Ith 4 AShort circuit protection according to IEC 60269-1
4 A gG(control circuit fuse)Utilization category to IEC 60947-5-1 AC-15 Ie 4 A Ue 230 V
DC-13 Ie 4 A Ue 24 V
M16x1,5
Connection, plug connector SM 4 (M12)
Parameter Value UnitAmbient temperature - 20 ... + 60 °CConnection Plug connectorVersion M12 (4-pin)Degree of protection according to IEC 60529 IP 67 1)
Rated insulation voltage Ui 250 V AC/DCRated impulse withstand voltage Uimp 2.5 kVConventional thermal current Ith 1.5 AShort circuit protection according to IEC 60269-1
4 A gG(control circuit fuse)Utilization category to IEC 60947-5-1 AC-15 Ie 4 A Ue 230 V
DC-13 Ie 4 A Ue 24 V
4-pin
1) Screwed tight with the related plug connector (see page 99)
Switch
Parameter Value UnitHousing material Reinforced thermoplasticMechanical life 106 operating cyclesWeight approx. 0.1 kgMax. approach speed 20 m/minActuating force 10 NExtraction force 10 NRetention force 2 NInsertion depth necessary minimum travel 20 mm
permissible overtravel 4 mm
Reliability values acc. to EN ISO 13849-1
Parameter Value UnitB10d 4 x 106 operating cycles
Technical Data
Subject to technical modifications; no responsibility is accepted for the accuracy of this information. 121
Safety switch NPThe technical data on switches and switching elements apply to allconnections. Further technical data are given for the connection selected.
Switching element
Parameter Value UnitSwitching principle Slow-action switching elementSwitching elements 618with 1 switching element 1 NC Switching elements 628 638with 2 switching elements 1 NC + 1 NO 2 NC Switching elements 648with 3 switching elements 2 NC + 1 NOSwitching current, min., at DC 24 V 30 mASwitching voltage, min., at 10 mA 24 VContact material Silver alloy
1 2 3
Connection, cable entry M20 x 1.5
Parameter Value UnitConnection Screw terminalVersion M20 x 1.5Conductor cross-section 0.34 ... 1.5 mm²Degree of protection according to IEC 60529 IP 67Rated insulation voltage Ui 250 V AC/DCRated impulse withstand voltage Uimp 2.5 kVConventional thermal current Ith 4 AShort circuit protection according to IEC 60269-1
4 A gG(control circuit fuse)Utilization category to IEC 60947-5-1 AC-15 Ie 4 A Ue 230 V
DC-13 Ie 4 A Ue 24 V
M20x1,5
Switch
Parameter Value UnitHousing material Reinforced thermoplasticMechanical life 106 operating cyclesAmbient temperature - 20 ... + 80 °CWeight approx. 0.11 kgMax. approach speed 20 m/minActuating force 5 NExtraction force 15 NRetention force 2 NInsertion depth (minimum required travel + permissible overtravel) Standard actuators Overtravel actuatorApproach direction side (h) 28 + 2 28 + 7 mm
29.5 + 7Approach direction from top (v) 29.5 + 1.5 Only with adapter NP-K mm
Order No. 074 578 / page 83
Reliability values acc. to EN ISO 13849-1
Parameter Value UnitB10d 3 x 106 operating cycles
Technical Data
Subject to technical modifications; no responsibility is accepted for the accuracy of this information.122
Plug connector SR6 connection
Parameter Value UnitConnection Plug connectorVersion 6-pin + PEDegree of protection according to IEC 60529 IP 65 1)
Rated insulation voltage Ui 250 V AC/DCRated impulse withstand voltage Uimp 2.5 kVConventional thermal current Ith 4 AShort circuit protection according to IEC 60269-1
4 A gG(control circuit fuse)Utilization category to IEC 60947-5-1 AC-15 Ie 4 A Ue 230 V
DC-13 Ie 4 A Ue 24 V
7-pin
1) Screwed tight with the related plug connector (see page 100)
Connection, plug connector SM 4 (M12)
Parameter Value UnitConnection Plug connectorVersion M12 (4-pin)Degree of protection according to IEC 60529 IP 67 1)
Rated insulation voltage Ui 250 V AC/DCRated impulse withstand voltage Uimp 2.3 kVConventional thermal current Ith 1.5 AShort circuit protection according to IEC 60269-1
4 A gG(control circuit fuse)Utilization category to IEC 60947-5-1 AC-15 Ie 4 A Ue 230 V
DC-13 Ie 4 A Ue 24 V
4-pin
1) Screwed tight with the related plug connector (see page 99)
Technical Data
Subject to technical modifications; no responsibility is accepted for the accuracy of this information. 123
Safety switch GPThe technical data on switches and switching elements apply to allconnections. Further technical data are given for the connection selected.
Connection, cable entry M20 x 1.5
Parameter Value UnitConnection Screw terminalVersion M20 x 1.5Conductor cross-section 0.34 ... 1.5 mm²Degree of protection according to IEC 60529 IP 67Rated insulation voltage Ui 250 V AC/DCRated impulse withstand voltage Uimp 2.5 kVConventional thermal current Ith 4 AShort circuit protection according to IEC 60269-1
4 A gG(control circuit fuse)Utilization category to IEC 60947-5-1 AC-15 Ie 4 A Ue 230 V
DC-13 Ie 4 A Ue 24 V
M20x1,5
Plug connector SR11 connection
Parameter Value UnitConnection Plug connectorVersion 11-pin + PEDegree of protection according to IEC 60529 IP 65 1)
Rated insulation voltage Ui 50 V AC/DCRated impulse withstand voltage Uimp 1.5 kVConventional thermal current Ith 4 AShort circuit protection according to IEC 60269-1
4 A gG(control circuit fuse)Utilization category to IEC 60947-5-1 AC-15 Ie 4 A Ue 50 V
DC-13 Ie 4 A Ue 24 V
12-pin
1) Screwed tight with the related plug connector (see page 100)
Switching element
Parameter Value UnitSwitching principle Slow-action switching elementSwitching elements 528 538with 2 switching elements 1 NC + 1 NO 2 NC Switching elements 2121 2131 3131with 4 switching elements 4 NC 3 NC + 1 NO 2 NC + 2 NOSwitching current, min., at DC 24 V 1 mASwitching voltage, min., at 10 mA 12 VContact material Silver alloy, gold flashed
2 4
Switch
Parameter Value UnitHousing material Reinforced thermoplasticMechanical life 2 x 106 operating cyclesAmbient temperature - 20 ... + 80 °CWeight approx. 0.16 kgMax. approach speed 20 m/minActuating force 10 NExtraction force 20 NRetention force 2 NInsertion depth (minimum required travel + permissible overtravel) Standard actuators Overtravel actuatorApproach direction side (h) 28 + 2 28 + 7 mmApproach direction from top (v) 29.5 + 1.5 29.5 + 7 mm
Reliability values acc. to EN ISO 13849-1
Parameter Value UnitB10d 3 x 106 operating cycles
Technical Data
Subject to technical modifications; no responsibility is accepted for the accuracy of this information.124
Safety switch SGPThe technical data on switches and switching elements apply to allconnections. Further technical data are given for the connection selected.
Connection, cable entry M20 x 1.5
Parameter Value UnitConnection Screw terminalVersion M20 x 1.5Conductor cross-section 0.34 ... 1.5 mm²Degree of protection according to IEC 60529 IP 67Rated insulation voltage Ui 250 V AC/DCRated impulse withstand voltage Uimp 2.5 kVConventional thermal current Ith 4 AShort circuit protection according to IEC 60269-1
4 A gG(control circuit fuse)Utilization category to IEC 60947-5-1 AC-15 Ie 4 A Ue 230 V
DC-13 Ie 4 A Ue 24 V
M20x1,5
Switch
Parameter Value UnitMaterial Housing Reinforced thermoplastic
Actuating head Die-cast aluminumCam in actuating head Stainless steel
Mechanical life 2 x 106 operating cyclesAmbient temperature - 20 ... + 80 °CWeight approx. 0.16 kgMax. approach speed 20 m/minActuating force 25 NExtraction force 25 NRetention force 10 NInsertion depth (minimum required travel + permissible overtravel) Actuator S standard Actuator L for insertion funnelApproach direction side (h) 24.5 + 5 28.5 + 5 mmApproach direction from top (v) 24.5 + 5 28.5 + 5 mm
Reliability values acc. to EN ISO 13849-1
Parameter Value UnitB10d 3 x 106 operating cycles
Switching element
Parameter Value UnitSwitching principle Slow-action switching elementSwitching elements 538with 2 switching elements 2 NC Switching elements 2121 2131 3131with 4 switching elements 4 NC 3 NC + 1 NO 2 NC + 2 NOSwitching current, min., at DC 24 V 1 mASwitching voltage, min., at 10 mA 12 VContact material Silver alloy, gold flashed
2 4
Technical Data
Subject to technical modifications; no responsibility is accepted for the accuracy of this information. 125
Plug connector SR6 connection
Parameter Value UnitConnection Plug connectorVersion 6-pin + PEDegree of protection according to IEC 60529 IP 65 1)
Rated insulation voltage Ui 250 V AC/DCRated impulse withstand voltage Uimp 2.5 kVConventional thermal current Ith 4 AShort circuit protection according to IEC 60269-1
4 A gG(control circuit fuse)Utilization category to IEC 60947-5-1 AC-15 Ie 4 A Ue 230 V
DC-13 Ie 4 A Ue 24 V
7-pin
1) Screwed tight with the related plug connector (see page 100)
Plug connector SR11 connection
Parameter Value UnitConnection Plug connectorVersion 11-pin + PEDegree of protection according to IEC 60529 IP 65 1)
Rated insulation voltage Ui 50 V AC/DCRated impulse withstand voltage Uimp 1.5 kVConventional thermal current Ith 4 AShort circuit protection according to IEC 60269-1
4 A gG(control circuit fuse)Utilization category to IEC 60947-5-1 AC-15 Ie 4 A Ue 50 V
DC-13 Ie 4 A Ue 24 V
12-pin
1) Screwed tight with the related plug connector (see page 100)
Technical Data
Subject to technical modifications; no responsibility is accepted for the accuracy of this information.126
Safety switch SGP-TWThe technical data on switches and switching elements apply to allconnections. Further technical data are given for the connection selected.
Switch
Parameter Value UnitMaterial Housing Reinforced thermoplastic
Actuating head Die-cast aluminumCam in actuating head Stainless steel
Mechanical life 1 x 106 operating cyclesAmbient temperature - 20 ... + 80 °CWeight approx. 0.32 kgMax. approach speed 20 m/minActuating force 25 NExtraction force 25 NRetention force 10 NInsertion depth (minimum required travel + permissible overtravel) Actuator S standardApproach direction side (h) 24.5 + 5 mmApproach direction from top (v) 24.5 + 5 mm
Connection, cable entry M20 x 1.5
Parameter Value UnitConnection Screw terminalVersion M20 x 1.5Conductor cross-section 0.34 ... 1.5 mm²Degree of protection according to IEC 60529 IP 67Rated insulation voltage Ui 250 V AC/DCRated impulse withstand voltage Uimp 2.5 kVConventional thermal current Ith 4 AShort circuit protection according to IEC 60269-1
4 A gG(control circuit fuse)Utilization category to IEC 60947-5-1 AC-15 Ie 4 A Ue 230 V
DC-13 Ie 4 A Ue 24 V
M20x1,5
Reliability values acc. to EN ISO 13849-1
Parameter Value UnitB10d 3 x 106 operating cycles
Switching element
Parameter Value UnitSwitching principle Slow-action switching elementSwitching elements 2131with 4 switching elements 3 NC + 1 NOSwitching current, min., at DC 24 V 1 mASwitching voltage, min., at 10 mA 12 VContact material Silver alloy, gold flashed
4
Technical Data
Subject to technical modifications; no responsibility is accepted for the accuracy of this information. 127
Safety switch SGAThe technical data on switches, switching elements and guard lockingapply to all connections. Further technical data are given for the connectionselected.
Switching element
Parameter Value UnitSwitching principle Slow-action switching elementSwitching elements 2121 2131with 4 switching elements 4 NC 3 NC + 1 NOSwitching current, min., at 24 V DC 1 mASwitching voltage, min., at 10 mA 12 VContact material Silver alloy, gold flashed
Reliability values acc. to EN ISO 13849-1
Parameter Value UnitB10d 3 x 106 operating cycles
Switch
Parameter Value UnitHousing material Die-cast alloy, cathodically dippedMechanical life 2 x 106 operating cyclesAmbient temperature - 20 ... + 80 °CWeight Approx. 0.275 kgMax. approach speed 20 m/minActuating force 25 NExtraction force 25 NRetention force 10 NInsertion depth (minimum required travel + permissible overtravel) Standard actuatorsApproach direction side (h) 24.5 + 5 mmApproach direction from top (v) 24.5 + 5 mm
Connection, cable entry M20 x 1.5
Parameter Value UnitConnection Screw terminalVersion M20 x 1.5Conductor cross-section 0.34 ... 1.5 mm²Degree of protection according to IEC 60529 IP 67Rated insulation voltage Ui 250 V AC/DCRated impulse withstand voltage Uimp 2.5 kVConventional thermal current Ith 4 AShort circuit protection according to IEC 60269-1
4 A gG(control circuit fuse)Utilization category to IEC 60947-5-1 AC-15 Ie 4 A Ue 230 V
DC-13 Ie 4 A Ue 24 V
4
M20x1,5
Technical Data
Subject to technical modifications; no responsibility is accepted for the accuracy of this information.128
Connection, plug connector RC18
Parameter Value UnitConnection Plug connectorVersion RC18 (18-pin + PE)Degree of protection according to IEC 60529 IP 65 1)
Rated insulation voltage Ui 110 V AC/DCRated impulse withstand voltage Uimp 2.5 kVConventional thermal current Ith 4 AShort circuit protection according to IEC 60269-1
4 A gG(control circuit fuse)Utilization category to IEC 60947-5-1 AC-15 Ie 4 A Ue 110 V
DC-13 Ie 4 A Ue 24 V
19-pin
1) Screwed tight with the related plug connector (see page 101-102)2) Version SGA...EXT5 with 2 buttons IP 54
Connection, plug connector SR11
Parameter Value UnitConnection Plug connectorVersion 11-pin + PEDegree of protection according to IEC 60529 IP 65 1)
Rated insulation voltage Ui 50 V AC/DCRated impulse withstand voltage Uimp 1.5 kVConventional thermal current Ith 4 AShort circuit protection according to IEC 60269-1
4 A gG(control circuit fuse)Utilization category to IEC 60947-5-1 AC-15 Ie 4 A Ue 50 V
DC-13 Ie 4 A Ue 24 V
12-pin
1) Screwed tight with the related plug connector (see page 100)
Technical Data
Subject to technical modifications; no responsibility is accepted for the accuracy of this information. 129
Safety switch TP... with guard locking and guard lock monitoringThe technical data on switches, switching elements and guard lockingapply to all connections. Further technical data are given for the connectionselected.
Guard locking
Parameter Value UnitSolenoid operating voltage AC/DC 24 V +10/-15% AC 110 V +10/-15% AC 230 V +10/-15%Connection Reverse polarity protected, integrated bridge rectifierDuty cycle ED 100 %Power consumption 8 W
Switching element
Parameter Value UnitSwitching principle Slow-action switching elementSwitching elements 528 537 538with 2 switching elements 1 NC + 1 NO 1 NC + 1NC 2 NC + 1NCSwitching elements 4120with door unlock request contact 2 NC + 1 NOSwitching elements 2131 4121 4131 4141with 4 switching elements 2 NC + 1 NO + 1 NC 2 NC + 1 NC + 1 NO 2 NC + 2 NO 4 NC Switching current, min., at DC 24 V 1 mASwitching voltage, min., at 10 mA 12 VContact material Silver alloy, gold flashed
2 3 4
Connection, cable entry M20 x 1.5
Parameter Value UnitConnection Screw terminalVersion M20 x 1.5Conductor cross-section max. 0.34 ... 1.5 mm²Degree of protection according to IEC 60529 IP 67Rated insulation voltage Ui 250 V AC/DCRated impulse withstand voltage Uimp 2.5 kVConventional thermal current Ith 4 AShort circuit protection according to IEC 60269-1
4 A gG(control circuit fuse)Utilization category to IEC 60947-5-1 AC15 Ie 4 A Ue 230 V
DC13 Ie 4 A Ue 24 V
M20x1,5
Switch
Parameter Value UnitHousing material Reinforced thermoplasticMechanical life 1 x 106 operating cyclesAmbient temperature - 20 ... + 55 °CWeight approx. 0.5 kgMax. approach speed 20 m/minActuating force 10 NExtraction force (not locked) 20 NRetention force 10 NLocking force, max. Approach direction
From top (v) Side (h)N1300 1300
(800 with door unlock request contact) (800 with door unlock request contact)Locking force FZh in accordance with test principles GS-ET-19 Approach direction
From top (v) Side (h) N1000 1000
Insertion depth (minimum required travel + permissible overtravel) Standard actuators Overtravel actuatorApproach direction side (h) 28 + 2 28 + 7 mmApproach direction from top (v) 29.5 + 1.5 - mm
Reliability values acc. to EN ISO 13849-1
Parameter Value UnitB10d 3 x 106 operating cycles
Technical Data
Subject to technical modifications; no responsibility is accepted for the accuracy of this information.130
Plug connector SR6 connection
Parameter Value UnitConnection Plug connectorVersion 6-pin + PEDegree of protection according to IEC 60529 IP 65 1)
Rated insulation voltage Ui 250 V AC/DCRated impulse withstand voltage Uimp 2.5 kVConventional thermal current Ith 4 AShort circuit protection according to IEC 60269-1
4 A gG(control circuit fuse)Utilization category to IEC 60947-5-1 AC-15 Ie 4 A Ue 230 V
DC-13 Ie 4 A Ue 24 V
7-pin
1) Screwed tight with the related plug connector (see page 100)
Plug connector SM8 connection
Parameter Value UnitConnection Plug connectorVersion 8-pinDegree of protection according to IEC 60529 IP 67 1)
Rated insulation voltage Ui 30 V AC/DCRated impulse withstand voltage Uimp 1.5 kVConventional thermal current Ith 1 AShort circuit protection according to IEC 60269-1
1 A gG(control circuit fuse)Utilization category to IEC 60947-5-1 AC-15 Ie 1 A Ue 24 V
DC-13 Ie 1 A Ue 24 V
8-pin
1) Screwed tight with the related plug connector
Plug connector SR11 connection
Parameter Value UnitConnection Plug connectorVersion 11-pin + PEDegree of protection according to IEC 60529 IP 65 1)
Rated insulation voltage Ui 50 V AC/DCRated impulse withstand voltage Uimp 1.5 kVConventional thermal current Ith 4 AShort circuit protection according to IEC 60269-1
4 A gG(control circuit fuse)Utilization category to IEC 60947-5-1 AC-15 Ie 4 A Ue 50 V
DC-13 Ie 4 A Ue 24 V
12-pin
1) Screwed tight with the related plug connector (see page 100)
Plug connector BHA12 connection
Parameter Value UnitConnection Plug connectorVersion 12-pinDegree of protection according to IEC 60529 IP 65 1)
Rated insulation voltage Ui 50 V AC/DCRated impulse withstand voltage Uimp 1.5 kVConventional thermal current Ith 2 AShort circuit protection according to IEC 60269-1
2 A gG(control circuit fuse)Utilization category to IEC 60947-5-1 AC-15 Ie 2 A Ue 50 V
DC-13 Ie 2 A Ue 24 V
12-pin
1) Screwed tight with the related plug connector (see page 103)2) Version TP...EXT... with button/cover for indicator IP 54
Technical Data
Subject to technical modifications; no responsibility is accepted for the accuracy of this information. 131
Connection, plug connector RC18
Parameter Value UnitConnection Plug connectorVersion RC18 (18-pin + PE)Degree of protection according to IEC 60529 IP 65 1)
Rated insulation voltage Ui 110 V AC/DCRated impulse withstand voltage Uimp 2.5 kVConventional thermal current Ith 4 AShort circuit protection according to IEC 60269-1
4 A gG(control circuit fuse)Utilization category to IEC 60947-5-1 AC-15 Ie 4 A Ue 110 V
DC-13 Ie 4 A Ue 24 V
19-pin
1) Screwed tight with the related plug connector (see page 101-102)
Switching functions TP1/TP2without door monitoring contact
E1E2
E1E2
E2E1
4133
1321
42342214
4133
1321
42342214
2113 14
2233 34
4241
4131
21 221413 13 14
222113 14
2221 528
11 122221 21 22
121121 22
1211538
4131
1121
42322212
4131
1121
42322212
2111 12
2231 32
4241
2121
Door closedwith guard locking
Door closedand not locked
Door open
Technical Data
Subject to technical modifications; no responsibility is accepted for the accuracy of this information.132
Switching functions TP3/TP4with door monitoring contact
Switching functions TP5/TP6with door unlock request contact
E1E2
E1E2
E2E1
4133
1321
42342214
4133
1321
42342214
2113 14
2233 34
4241
4131
4131
1321
42322214
4131
1321
42322214
2113 14
2231 32
4241
4121
4131
1321
42322214
4131
1321
42322214
2113 14
2231 32
4241
4121 C1787
4131
1121
42322212
4131
1121
42322212
2111 12
2231 32
42414141
11 122221 21 22
121121 22
1211537
4133
1121
42342212
4133
1121
42342212
2111 12
2233 34
4241
2131
4133
1121
42342212
4133
1121
42342212
2111 12
2233 34
4241
2131 C1787
Door closedwith guard locking
Door closedand not locked
Door open
312113
312113
322214
312113
322214
322214
312113
E1 E2E2E1 E2E1 E2E1
322214
4120
Door closedand not locked
Door openDoor closedwith guard locking
Request
Technical Data
Subject to technical modifications; no responsibility is accepted for the accuracy of this information. 133
Safety switch STP.../STP-BI with guard locking and guard lock monitoringThe technical data on switches, switching elements and guard lockingapply to all connections. Further technical data are given for the connectionselected.
Guard locking
Parameter Value UnitSolenoid operating voltage AC/DC 24 V +10/-15% AC 110 V +10/-15% AC 230 V +10/-15%Connection Reverse polarity protected, integrated bridge rectifierDuty cycle ED 100 %Power consumption 8 W
Connection, cable entry M20 x 1.5
Parameter Value UnitConnection Screw terminalVersion M20 x 1.5Conductor cross-section max. 0.34 ... 1.5 mm²Degree of protection according to IEC 60529 IP 67Rated impulse withstand voltage Uimp 2.5 kVRated insulation voltage Ui 250 V AC/DCConventional thermal current Ith 4 AShort circuit protection according to IEC 60269-1
4 A gG(control circuit fuse)Utilization category to IEC 60947-5-1 AC15 Ie 4 A Ue 230 V
DC13 Ie 4 A Ue 24 V
M20x1,5
Switch
Parameter Value UnitMaterial Housing Reinforced thermoplastic
Actuating head Die-cast aluminumCam in actuating head Stainless steel
Mechanical life 1 x 106 operating cyclesAmbient temperature - 20 ... + 55 °CWeight approx. 0.5 kgMax. approach speed 20 m/minActuating force 35 NExtraction force (not locked) 30 NRetention force 20 NLocking force, max. Approach direction
From top (v) Side (h) N2500 2500
Locking force FZh in accordance with test principles GS-ET-19 Approach directionFrom top (v) Side (h) N
Straight actuator 2000 2000Insertion depth (minimum required travel + permissible overtravel) Actuator S standard Actuator L for insertion funnelApproach direction side (h) 24.5 + 5 28.5 + 5 mmApproach direction from top (v) 24.5 + 5 28.5 + 5 mm
Switching element
Parameter Value UnitSwitching principle Slow-action switching elementSwitching elements 528 537 538with 2 switching elements 1 NC + 1 NO 1 NC + 1NC 1 NC + 1NCSwitching elements 2131 4121 4131 4141with 4 switching elements 2 NC + 1 NO + 1 NC 2 NC + 1 NC + 1 NO 2 NC + 2 NO 4 NC Switching current, min., at DC 24 V 1 mASwitching voltage, min., at 10 mA 12 VContact material Silver alloy, gold flashed
2 4
Reliability values acc. to EN ISO 13849-1
Parameter Value UnitB10d STP 5 x 106 operating cycles
STP-BI 2 x 106 operating cycles
Technical Data
Subject to technical modifications; no responsibility is accepted for the accuracy of this information.134
Plug connector SR11 connection
Parameter Value UnitConnection Plug connectorVersion 11-pin + PEDegree of protection according to IEC 60529 IP 65 1)
Rated impulse withstand voltage Uimp 1.5 kVRated insulation voltage Ui 50 V AC/DCConventional thermal current Ith 4 AShort circuit protection according to IEC 60269-1
4 A gG(control circuit fuse)Utilization category to IEC 60947-5-1 AC-15 Ie 4 A Ue 50 V
DC-13 Ie 4 A Ue 24 V
12-pin
1) Screwed tight with the related plug connector (see page 100)
Switching functions STP1/STP2without door monitoring contact
Door closedwith guard locking
Door closedand not locked
Door open
E1E2
E1E2
E2E1
4133
1321
42342214
4133
1321
42342214
2113 14
2233 34
4241
4131
21 221413 13 14
222113 14
2221 528
11 122221 21 22
121121 22
1211538
Connection, plug connector RC18
Parameter Value UnitConnection Plug connectorVersion RC18 (18-pin + PE)Degree of protection according to IEC 60529 IP 65 1)
Rated insulation voltage Ui 110 V AC/DCRated impulse withstand voltage Uimp 2.5 kVConventional thermal current Ith 4 AShort circuit protection according to IEC 60269-1
4 A gG(control circuit fuse)Utilization category to IEC 60947-5-1 AC-15 Ie 4 A Ue 110 V
DC-13 Ie 4 A Ue 24 V
19-pin
1) Screwed tight with the related plug connector (see page 101-102)2) Version STP...EXT... with button/cover for indicators IP 54
Technical Data
Subject to technical modifications; no responsibility is accepted for the accuracy of this information. 135
Switching functions STP-BI
E1E2
E1E2
v
h
E1 E2
9 10 11
Actuator: Inserted Inserted RemovedSwitching position: Locked Not locked Not locked
Type
Contactassignment
plug connector
SR11
Ordinal numbersof switching elements
STP-BI-3-2131..
Pin 9 0 VPin 10 Control voltage + 24 VPin 11 Operating voltage + 24 V
Switching functions STP3/STP4with door monitoring contact
E1E2
E1E2
E2E1
4133
1321
42342214
4133
1321
42342214
2113 14
2233 34
4241
4131
4131
1321
42322214
4131
1321
42322214
2113 14
2231 32
4241
4121
4131
1121
42322212
4131
1121
42322212
2111 12
2231 32
42414141
11 122221 21 22
121121 22
1211537
4133
1121
42342212
4133
1121
42342212
2111 12
2233 34
4241
2131
Door closedand
locked
Door closedand
not locked
Door open
Technical Data
Subject to technical modifications; no responsibility is accepted for the accuracy of this information.136
Safety switch STP-TW with guard locking and guard lock monitoringThe technical data on switches, switching elements and guard lockingapply to all connections. Further technical data are given for the connectionselected.
Switch
Parameter Value UnitMaterial Housing Reinforced thermoplastic
Actuating head Die-cast aluminumCam in actuating head Stainless steel
Mechanical life 1 x 106 operating cyclesAmbient temperature - 20 ... + 55 °CWeight approx. 0.65 kgMax. approach speed 20 m/minActuating force 35 NExtraction force (not locked) 30 NRetention force 20 NLocking force, max. Approach direction
From top (v) Side (h) N2500 2500
Locking force FZh in accordance with test principles GS-ET-19 Approach directionFrom top (v) Side (h) N
Straight actuator 2000 2000Insertion depth (minimum required travel + permissible overtravel) Actuator S standardApproach direction side (h) 24.5 + 5 mmApproach direction from top (v) 24.5 + 5 mm
Guard locking
Parameter Value UnitSolenoid operating voltage AC/DC 24 V +10/-15%Connection Reverse polarity protected, integrated bridge rectifierDuty cycle ED 100 %Power consumption 8 W
Connection, cable entry M20 x 1.5
Parameter Value UnitConnection Screw terminalVersion M20 x 1.5Conductor cross-section max. 0.34 ... 1.5 mm²Degree of protection according to IEC 60529 IP 67Rated impulse withstand voltage Uimp 2.5 kVRated insulation voltage Ui 250 V AC/DCConventional thermal current Ith 4 AShort circuit protection according to IEC 60269-1
4 A gG(control circuit fuse)Utilization category to IEC 60947-5-1 AC15 Ie 4 A Ue 230 V
DC13 Ie 4 A Ue 24 V
M20x1,5
Switching element
Parameter Value UnitSwitching principle Slow-action switching elementSwitching elements 2131with 4 switching elements 2 NC + 1 NO + 1 NCSwitching current, min., at DC 24 V 1 mASwitching voltage, min., at 10 mA 12 VContact material Silver alloy, gold flashed
4
Reliability values acc. to EN ISO 13849-1
Parameter Value UnitB10d 4.5 x 106 operating cycles
Technical Data
Subject to technical modifications; no responsibility is accepted for the accuracy of this information. 137
Switching functions STP-TW
E1E2
E1E2
E2E1
4133
1321
42342214
4133
1321
42342214
2113 14
2233 34
4241
4131
1121
42322212
4131
1121
42322212
2111 12
2231 32
4241
4133
1121
42342212
4133
1121
42342212
2111 12
2233 34
4241
Actuator: Inserted Inserted RemovedSwitching position: Locked Not locked Not locked
Type
STP-TW3-2131..STP-TW4-2131..
STP-TW3-4131..STP-TW4-4131..
STP-TW3-4141..STP-TW4-4141..
Technical Data
Subject to technical modifications; no responsibility is accepted for the accuracy of this information.138
Safety switch STA... with guard locking and guard lock monitoringThe technical data on switches, switching elements and guard lockingapply to all connections. Further technical data are given for the connectionselected.
Connection, cable entry M20 x 1.5
Parameter Value UnitConnection Screw terminalVersion M20 x 1.5Conductor cross-section max. 0.34 ... 1.5 mm²Degree of protection according to IEC 60529 IP 67Rated impulse withstand voltage Uimp 2.5 kVRated insulation voltage Ui 250 V AC/DCConventional thermal current Ith 4 AShort circuit protection according to IEC 60269-1
4 A gG(control circuit fuse)Utilization category to IEC 60947-5-1 AC15 Ie 4 A Ue 230 V
DC13 Ie 4 A Ue 24 V
M20x1,5
Switch
Parameter Value UnitHousing material Anodized die-castMechanical life 1 x 106 operating cyclesAmbient temperature - 20 ... + 80 °CWeight approx. 0.6 kgMax. approach speed 20 m/minActuating force 35 NExtraction force (not locked) 30 NRetention force 20 NLocking force, max. Approach direction
From top (v) Side (h) N3000 3000
Locking force FZh in accordance with test principles GS-ET-19 Approach directionFrom top (v) Side (h) N
Straight actuator 2300 2300Insertion depth (minimum required travel + permissible overtravel) Actuator S standard Actuator L for insertion funnelApproach direction side (h) 24.5 + 5 28.5 + 5 mmApproach direction from top (v) 24.5 + 5 28.5 + 5 mm
Switching element
Parameter Value UnitSwitching principle Slow-action switching elementSwitching elements 2131 4121 4131 4141with 4 switching elements 2 NC + 1 NO + 1 NC 2 NC + 1 NC + 1 NO 2 NC + 2 NO 2 NC + 1NCSwitching current, min., at DC 24 V 1 mASwitching voltage, min., at 10 mA 12 VContact material Silver alloy, gold flashed
4
Guard locking
Parameter Value UnitSolenoid operating voltage AC/DC 24 V +10/-15%Connection Reverse polarity protected, integrated bridge rectifierDuty cycle ED 100 %Power consumption 8 W
Reliability values acc. to EN ISO 13849-1
Parameter Value UnitB10d 1.2 x 106 operating cycles
Technical Data
Subject to technical modifications; no responsibility is accepted for the accuracy of this information. 139
E1E2
E1E2
E2E1
4133
1321
42342214
4133
1321
42342214
2113 14
2233 34
4241
4131
4131
1321
42322214
4131
1321
42322214
2113 14
2231 32
4241
4121
4131
1121
42322212
4131
1121
42322212
2111 12
2231 32
42414141
4133
1121
42342212
4133
1121
42342212
2111 12
2233 34
4241
2131
Switching functions STA3/STA4with door monitoring contact
Door closedwith guard locking
Door closedand not locked
Door open
Switching functions STA1/STA2without door monitoring contact
E1E2
E1E2
E2E1
4133
1321
42342214
4133
1321
42342214
2113 14
2233 34
4241
4131
Door closedwith guard locking
Door closedand not locked
Door open
Plug connector RC18 connection
Parameter Value UnitConnection Plug connectorVersion RC18 (18-pin + PE)Degree of protection according to IEC 60529 IP 65 1)
Rated insulation voltage Ui 110 V AC/DCRated impulse withstand voltage Uimp 2,5 kVConventional thermal current Ith 4 AShort circuit protection according to IEC 60269-1
4 A gG(control circuit fuse)Utilization category to IEC 60947-5-1 AC-15 Ie 4 A Ue 110 V
DC-13 Ie 4 A Ue 24 V
19-pin
1) Screwed tight with the related plug connector (see page 101-102)
Technical Data
Subject to technical modifications; no responsibility is accepted for the accuracy of this information.140
Safety switch STA-TW with guard locking and guard lock monitoringThe technical data on switches, switching elements and guard lockingapply to all connections. Further technical data are given for the connectionselected.
Switch
Parameter Value UnitMaterial Housing Anodized die-cast
Actuating heads Die-cast aluminumCam in actuating head Stainless steel
Mechanical life 1 x 106 operating cyclesAmbient temperature - 20 ... + 55 °CWeight Approx. 0.62 kgMax. approach speed 20 m/minActuating force 35 NExtraction force (not locked) 30 NRetention force 20 NLocking force, max. Approach direction
From top (v) Side (h)2500 2500 N
Locking force FZh in accordance with test principles GS-ET-19 Approach directionFrom top (v) Side (h)
Straight actuator 2000 2000 NInsertion depth (minimum required travel + permissible overtravel) Standard actuatorsApproach direction side (h) 24.5 + 5 mmApproach direction from top (v) 24.5 + 5 mm
Reliability values acc. to EN ISO 13849-1
Parameter Value UnitB10d 4.5 x 106 operating cycles
Switching element
Parameter Value UnitSwitching principle Slow-action switching elementSwitching elements 2131 4121with 4 switching elements 2 NC + 1 NO + 1 NC 2 NC + 1 NC + 1 NOSwitching current, min., at 24 V DC 1 mASwitching voltage, min., at 10 mA 12 VContact material Silver alloy, gold flashed
4
Guard locking
Parameter Value UnitSolenoid operating voltage AC/DC 24 V +10/-15%Connection Reverse polarity protected, integrated bridge rectifierDuty cycle ED 100 %Power consumption 8 W
Connection, cable entry M20 x 1.5
Parameter Value UnitConnection Screw terminalVersion M20 x 1.5Conductor cross-section max. 0.34 ... 1.5 mm²Degree of protection according to IEC 60529 IP 67Rated impulse withstand voltage Uimp 2.5 kVRated insulation voltage Ui 250 V AC/DCConventional thermal current Ith 4 AShort circuit protection according to IEC 60269-1
4 A gG(control circuit fuse)Utilization category to IEC 60947-5-1 AC15 Ie 4 A Ue 230 V
DC13 Ie 4 A Ue 24 V
M20x1,5
Technical Data
Subject to technical modifications; no responsibility is accepted for the accuracy of this information. 141
Switching functions STA-TW
E1E2
E1E2
E2E1
4131
1321
42322214
4131
1321
42322214
2113 14
2231 32
4241
4121
4133
1121
42342212
4133
1121
42342212
2111 12
2233 34
4241
2131
Door closedwith guard locking
Door closedand not locked
Door open
Technical Data
Subject to technical modifications; no responsibility is accepted for the accuracy of this information.142
Safety switch STM with guard locking and guard lock monitoringThe technical data on switches, switching elements and guard lockingapply to all connections. Further technical data are given for the connectionselected.
Switching element
Parameter Value UnitSwitching principle Slow-action switching element
Switching elements ÜK: 1 NC ÜK: 1 NC
SK: 222 2 NC SK: 242 1 NC + 1 NOSwitching current, min., at 24 V 1 mASwitching voltage, min., at 10 mA 12 VContact material Silver alloy, gold flashed
2
Guard locking
Parameter Value UnitSolenoid operating voltage AC/DC 24 V +10/-15%Connection Reverse polarity protected, integrated bridge rectifierDuty cycle ED 100 %Power consumption 6 W
Connection, cable entry M20 x 1.5
Parameter Value UnitConnection Screw terminalVersion M20 x 1.5Conductor cross-section max. 0.34 ... 1.5 mm²Degree of protection acc. to IEC 60529 IP 67Rated insulation voltage Ui 250 V AC/DCRated impulse withstand voltage Uimp 1.5 kVConventional thermal current Ith 4 AShort circuit protection according to IEC 60269-1
4 A gG(control circuit fuse)Utilization category to IEC 60947-5-1 AC15 Ie 4 A Ue 230 V
DC13 Ie 4 A Ue 24 V
M20x1,5
Switch
Parameter Value UnitHousing material Reinforced thermoplasticMechanical life 2 x 106 operating cyclesAmbient temperature - 20 ... + 55 °CWeight approx. 0.4 kgMax. approach speed 20 m/minActuating force 35 NExtraction force (not locked) 30 NRetention force 20 NLocking force, max. Approach direction
From top (v) Side (h)NSTM.A... (metal head) 2000 2000
STM.N... (plastic head) 1000 1000Locking force FZh in accordance with test principles GS-ET-19 Approach direction
From top (v) Side (h)NSTM.A... (metal head) 1500 1500
STM.N... (plastic head) 700 700Insertion depth (minimum required travel + permissible overtravel) Actuator S standardApproach direction side (h) 24.5 + 5 mmApproach direction from top (v) 24.5 + 5 mm
Reliability values acc. to EN ISO 13849-1
Parameter Value UnitB10d 2 x 106 operating cycles
Technical Data
Subject to technical modifications; no responsibility is accepted for the accuracy of this information. 143
E2E1
E1E2
E1E2
SK ÜK SK ÜK SK ÜK
ÜKSKÜKSKÜKSK
STM...222...21
11
22
12
1211 22
12
121121
1122
12
21
11
1211
STM...242...11 1224
12
23
11121124
12
23
11121124
12
23
11
Switching functions STM
Door closedwith guard locking
Door closedand not locked
Door open
Technical Data
Subject to technical modifications; no responsibility is accepted for the accuracy of this information.144
Safety switch TK... with guard locking (without protection against unintentional closing)The technical data on switches, switching elements and guard lockingapply to all connections. Further technical data are given for the connectionselected.
Guard locking
Parameter Value UnitSolenoid operating voltage AC/DC 24 V +10/-15%Connection Reverse polarity protected, integrated bridge rectifierDuty cycle ED 100 %Power consumption 8 W
Switch
Parameter Value UnitMaterial Housing Reinforced thermoplastic
Actuating head MetalGuard locking pin Metal
Mechanical life 1 x 106 operating cyclesAmbient temperature - 20 ... + 55 °CWeight approx. 0.6 kgRetention force 5 NLocking force (when fitted on switch head) 5000 N
Connection, cable entry M20 x 1.5
Parameter Value UnitConnection Screw terminalVersion M20 x 1.5Conductor cross-section max. 0.34 ... 1.5 mm²Degree of protection according to IEC 60529 IP 67Rated impulse withstand voltage Uimp 2.5 kVRated insulation voltage Ui 250 V AC/DCConventional thermal current Ith 4 AShort circuit protection according to IEC 60269-1
4 A gG(control circuit fuse)Utilization category to IEC 60947-5-1 AC15 Ie 4 A Ue 230 V
DC13 Ie 4 A Ue 24 V
M20x1,5
Switching element
Parameter Value UnitSwitching principle Slow-action switching elementSwitching elements 528with 2 switching elements 1 NC + 1 NOSwitching elements 4131with 4 switching elements 2 NC + 2 NOSwitching current, min., at 24 V 1 mASwitching voltage, min., at 10 mA 12 VContact material Silver alloy, gold flashed
2
Reliability values acc. to EN ISO 13849-1
Parameter Value UnitB10d 4.5 x 106 operating cycles
Technical Data
Subject to technical modifications; no responsibility is accepted for the accuracy of this information. 145
Switching functions TK
21 22
13 14 1413
21 22
>11 4 ±1
528
41 4233 34 3433
41 42
21 2213 14 1413
21 22
4131
Locked Not locked
Technical Data
Subject to technical modifications; no responsibility is accepted for the accuracy of this information.146
SR6
Parameter Value UnitHousing material PlasticNumber of pins 7 (6 + PE)Cable diameter 7 - 9 mmNominal voltage max. 250 V AC/DCDegree of protection according to IEC 60529 (inserted) IP 65Connection Crimp contacts 0.5 to 1.5 mm2
7-pin
SR11
Parameter Value UnitHousing material PlasticNumber of pins 12 (11 + PE)Cable diameter 8 - 10 mmNominal voltage max. 50 V AC/DCDegree of protection according to IEC 60529 (inserted) IP 65Connection Crimp contacts 0.5 to 1.5 mm2
12-pin
M12 with cable (SGLF, SWLF)
Parameter Value UnitHousing material Metal / plasticNumber of pins 5Nominal voltage max. 30 V AC/DCDegree of protection according to IEC 60529 (inserted) IP 68Connection 5 open cable ends
4-pin
Accessories for safety switches
Built-in LED
Parameter Value UnitMaterial of housing ABS/PC blend, blackMaterial of cap Transparent polycarbonateDegree of protection (installed) IP 65Ambient temperature -20 ... +50 °CConnection 2 wiresMounting M20 x 1.5Operating voltage 24 V DCSwitch-on current < 0.5 ACurrent consumption 45 mA
RC18
Parameter Value UnitHousing material MetalNumber of pins 19 (18 + PE)Cable diameter 10 - 14 mmNominal voltage max. 32 V AC/DCDegree of protection according to IEC 60529 (inserted) IP 65Connection 19 Crimp contacts 0.75 to 1.0 mm2
19-pin
Technical Data
Subject to technical modifications; no responsibility is accepted for the accuracy of this information. 147
148
General – Rope Pull Switch RPS
Subject to technical modifications; no responsibility is accepted for the accuracy of this information.
Standards and approvals
StandardsIn the field of safety engineering, rope pull switches belong to the categoryof “EMERGENCY-STOP devices with mechanical latching”. The requiredEMERGENCY-STOP function must be available and functional at all timesirrespective of the operating mode. After operation of the actuatingelement, the EMERGENCY-STOP device must automatically preventor reduce the hazard in the best possible way.
The following standards are specifically relevant in relation to rope pullswitches:
EN 60204-1 (Safety of machinery - Electrical equipment of machines– Part 1: General requirements)EN 60947-5-5 (Specification for low-voltage switchgear andcontrolgear. Part 5-5: Control circuit devices and switching elements.Electromechanical control circuit devices. Electrical EMERGENCY--STOP device with mechanical locking function)EN 418 (Design, color and arrangement of EMERGENCY-STOPactuating elements)
ApprovalsTo demonstrate conformity, the Machinery Directive also includes thepossibility of type examination. Although all relevant standards are takeninto account during development, we have all our safety switchessubjected to additional type examinations by a notified body.Many of the safety switches listed in this catalog have been tested by the GermanSocial Accident Insurance association (DGUV), formerly the employers’ liabilityinsurance association (BG), and are given in the lists from the DGUV.Furthermore, numerous switches are listed by the Canadian StandardsAssociation (CSA). These switches can be used in countries in whichthis listing is required. The approval symbols on the individual pages ofthe catalog indicate which body tested the switches.With the aid of the approval symbols listed below you can quickly seewhich approvals are available for the related switches:
Task of rope pull switches
The trip range is much larger than for switches with Emergency-Stoppushbutton, since operation is possible over the whole rope length andis not restricted to the small area within reach of the switch.Rope pull switches are used whenever it is necessary to protect largedanger areas where fitting of a housing or cover is not possible or toocomplex.
The advantage is that areas of an installation or machine can be shutdown immediately from any point in the working area in the event ofdanger in cases where it would otherwise be necessary to install indivi-dual latched Emergency-Stop buttons at short distances apart.
Switches with this symbol are approved byCanadian Standards Association (CSA, Canadaand USA)
Switches with this symbol have the approvalof the German Social Accident Insuranceassociation (DGUV) – formerly the employers’liability insurance association (BG)
149
General – Rope Pull Switch RPS
Subject to technical modifications; no responsibility is accepted for the accuracy of this information.
Function and technology used in rope pull switches
The standard EN 60947-5-5 – 6 (Requirements for EMERGENCY-STOPpushbuttons and rope pull switches) specifies certain requirements whichmust be met by rope pull switches and which therefore also define themode of operation of such switches.For example, the latching device (Emergency-Stop switch) must be resetby turning a key, turning the pushbutton in the specified direction or bya pulling movement. Rope pull switches are normally tripped by pullinga plastic-sheathed steel rope (known as the safety rope or pull rope).In addition, EUCHNER rope pull switches feature a latched Emergency-Stop button on the housing which has the same effect.Upon tripping, the safety contacts are actuated and a stop signal isgenerated which switches off the machine. The vertical tensile forcewhich acts on the wire or rope to generate the EMERGENCY-STOP signal(contact opening) must be less than 200 N and the vertical deflection ofthe wire or rope which is necessary for generation of the EMERGENCY--STOP signal must be less than 400 mm. An EMERGENCY-STOP signalmust also be generated if the wire or rope breaks or becomes detached.This means that any fault in the safety device is noticed immediatelyand the safety function is not lost at any time.
In order to achieve this, the rope pull switch has one center position andtwo switch-off positions. The switch is in center position during machineoperation. If the safety rope is pulled or tears, the switch moves fromthe center position to one of the switch-off positions and the machineis stopped. Rope pull switches from EUCHNER have a sight window whichallows the switch position to be seen.
max. 75 m/37.5 m/25 m (246 ft/123 ft/82 ft)
Installation and rope attachment
State on delivery and position in the event of a rope break/tear
Correct rope tension, switch active/can be activated
Position on loading/tripping of pre-tensioned rope
InstallationIn accordance with EN ISO 13850 – 4.4, EMERGENCY-STOP actuatingelements must be installed so that they can be reached easily andoperated safely by persons who are at risk. It may be useful to attachmarking flags to improve visibility if wires/wire ropes or ropes are used,as is the case with rope pull switches.
Rope attachmentVersion RPS...SC and RPS...PC
� Strip the cabling rope and insert into the clamping head. In orderto prevent the pull rope from slipping, there must be no rope coatingin the clamping head.
� Set the cabling rope roughly so that the lock marking is in centralposition and clamp the cabling rope firmly with the hexagon sockethead screw.
� Actuate the cabling rope strongly several times in order to stretchthe rope and then reset the rope using the clamping head.
� Set the lock marking in central position by turning the actuation axis.� Activate the rope pull switch by turning the Reset knob in the direction
of the arrow (RPS...SC) or by pulling (RPS...PC).
The direction of the safety rope can be changed using rope pulley blocksor eyebolts. Direction changes of up to max. 90° are possible. Ropepulley blocks have the advantage that the frictional forces between thesafety rope and deflection points are kept low.
�
�
�
�
150
General – Rope Pull Switch RPS
Subject to technical modifications; no responsibility is accepted for the accuracy of this information.
Temperature dependence
When planning safety installations with rope pull switches, it is necessaryto take into account the temperature dependence of the installation andthe safety rope so that the switch is not tripped as a result of a change intemperature. To do this, the possible rope lengths must be determinedand the trip point must be readjusted regularly. The following graph showsthe relationship between rope length and temperature. Installation shouldtake place at a temperature of 20°C.
RPS…175
RPS…300
0
10
20
30
40
50
60
70
-25 -20 -15 -10 -5 0 5 10 15 20 25 30 35 40 45 50 55 60 65 70 75 80
Temperature range [°C]
Rop
e le
ngth
[m
]
Recommended rope length dependent on ambient temperature
Rope length [m]
RPS…100
RPS braced at one end and without counterspring
Rope Pull Switch RPS
151
Selection table for rope pull switches RPS
Reset Rope attachment Actuating forceSwitching Connection
LED element PageP S R C 100 175 300 4 contacts M MR10� � � � � 152� � � � � 152� � � � � 152� � � � � 153� � � � � 153� � � � � 153
� � � � � 153� � � � � 153� � � � � 153� � � � � � 154� � � � � � 154� � � � � � 154
Reset
P Pull-to-reset button
S Turn-to-reset button
Rope attachment
R Pull lug
C Clamping head
Actuating force
100 Actuating force 100 N
175 Actuating force 175 N
300 Actuating force 300 N
LED
LED on left or right side
Switching element
Four contacts 3 NC + 1 NO or 2 NC + 2 NO
Connection
Thread
MM20 x 1.5
for cable
gland
BHAPlug connector
10-pin
152
Rope Pull Switch RPS
Subject to technical modifications; no responsibility is accepted for the accuracy of this information.
Rope pull switch with pull- or turn-to-reset button for EMERGENCY-STOP deviceEMERGENCY-STOP device with detentmechanism in accordance withEN ISO 13850 and EN 60204-1Pull lug or clamping head for pull ropeIndication of correct rope tension3 cable entries M20 x 1.5Switching elements with 4 contacts
Dimension drawing
Wiring diagrams switch not actuated
Switching elements2131 Slow-action switching element
3 NC + 1 NO3131 Slow-action switching element
2 NC + 2 NO
Cable entry M20 x 1.5Pull-to-reset button for EMERGENCY-STOP, pull lug for tensioning rope
Ordering table
Series Connection Rope attachment ResetActuating
Switching element Order No. / Itemforce [N]2131 094849
1003 NC + 1 NO RPS2131PR100M
3131 0888882 NC + 2 NO RPS3131PR100M
2131 094850
RPSCable entry R P
1753 NC + 1 NO RPS2131PR175M
3 x M20 x 1.5 Pull lug Pull-to-reset button 3131 0888892 NC + 2 NO RPS3131PR175M
2131 094851
3003 NC + 1 NO RPS2131PR300M
3131 0888902 NC + 2 NO RPS3131PR300M
For cable glands see page 104
2131
13142122
31 32
41 42
13 14
21 22
31324142
2131
3131
13142122
33 34
41 42
13 14
21 22
33344142
3131
224
∅15∅25
512
4
42,530
∅5,
3∅
33,4
91
21
4537,5
20x1
,519
,5
15
78,3
Pull lug
Pull-to-resetbutton(blue button)
Window
For switching functions see technical data on page 159
Rope Pull Switch RPS
For
safe
ty p
reca
utio
ns s
ee p
age
160
For
tech
nica
l dat
a se
e pa
ge 1
58
Subject to technical modifications; no responsibility is accepted for the accuracy of this information. 153
Dimension drawing
Wiring diagrams Switch not actuated
Cable entry M20 x 1.5Pull-to-reset button for EMERGENCY-STOP, clamping head for tensioning rope
Cable entry M20 x 1.5Turn-to-reset button for EMERGENCY-STOP, clamping head for tensioning rope
For cable glands see page 104 For cable glands see page 104
Ordering table
Series Connection Rope attachment ResetActuating
Switching element Order No. / Itemforce [N]2131 094852
1003 NC + 1 NO RPS2131PC100M
3131 0888852 NC + 2 NO RPS3131PC100M
2131 094853P
1753 NC + 1 NO RPS2131PC175M
Pull-to-reset button 3131 0888862 NC + 2 NO RPS3131PC175M
2131 094854
3003 NC + 1 NO RPS2131PC300M
3131 088887
RPSCable entry C 2 NC + 2 NO RPS3131PC300M
3 x M20 x 1.5 Clamping head 2131 094430
1003 NC + 1 NO RPS2131SC100M
3131 0888822 NC + 2 NO RPS3131SC100M
2131 094431S
1753 NC + 1 NO RPS2131SC175M
Turn-to-reset button 3131 0888832 NC + 2 NO RPS3131SC175M
2131 094432
3003 NC + 1 NO RPS2131SC300M
3131 0888842 NC + 2 NO RPS3131SC300M
2131
13142122
31 32
41 42
13 14
21 22
31324142
2131
3131
13142122
33 34
41 42
13 14
21 22
33344142
3131
2131
13142122
31 32
41 42
13 14
21 22
31324142
213131
31
13142122
33 34
41 42
13 14
21 22
33344142
3131
256
... 2
94
512
4
42,530
∅5,
3S
= 0
... 3
8∅
33,4
91
21
4537,5
20x1
,519
,5
15
78,3
(adj
usta
ble
via
S)
256
. . .
294
512
4
42,530
∅5,
391
∅48
S =
0 ..
. 38
21
4537,5
20x1
,5
88
19,5
15
(adj
usta
ble
via
S)Window
Clamping head
Pull-to-resetbutton(blue button)
Window
Clamping head
EMERGENCY-STOP withturn-to-resetbutton(red button)
For switching functions see technical data on page 159 For switching functions see technical data on page 159
154
Rope Pull Switch RPS
Subject to technical modifications; no responsibility is accepted for the accuracy of this information.
31
42,5
3412
4
Ø
86
Ø48
S =
0...3
8
251.
..289
14,5
15
21
37,5 45
8830
5,3
Rope pull switch with turn-to-reset button for EMERGENCY-STOP deviceEMERGENCY-STOP device with detentmechanism in accordance withEN ISO 13850 and EN 60204-1Clamping head for pull ropeIndication of correct rope tensionPlug connector MR10LED on left or right sideSwitching elements with 4 contacts
Dimension drawingLED on right side mirror image
Wiring diagrams Switch not actuated
Switching elements3131 Slow-action switching element
2 NC + 2 NO
Plug connector MR1010-pin, turn-to-reset button for EMERGENCY-STOP, clamping head for tensioning rope
For plug connectors see page 157
For switching functions see technical data on page 159
8
MR1
0
3412
33 34
41 42
13 14
21 22
756
RD
3131
Ordering table
Series Connection Rope attachment ResetActuating
Switching element LED Order No. / Itemforce [N]
left094083
1003131 RPS3131SC100BHA10LL024
2 NC + 2 NOright
094084RPS3131SC100BHA10RL024
left094085
RPSPlug connector C S
1753131 RPS3131SC175BHA10LL024
MR10 Clamping head Turn-to-reset button 2 NC + 2 NOright
094086RPS3131SC175BHA10RL024
left094087
3003131 RPS3131SC300BHA10LL024M
2 NC + 2 NOright
094088RPS3131SC300BHA10RL024M
(adj
usta
ble
via
S)
Window
Clamping head
EMERGENCY-STOP withturn-to-resetbutton(red button)
Accessories
For
safe
ty p
reca
utio
ns s
ee p
age
160
For
tech
nica
l dat
a se
e pa
ge 1
58
Subject to technical modifications; no responsibility is accepted for the accuracy of this information. 155
Designation Version Packaging unit Order No./Item
Eyebolt Thread M8 5 ea.092495
RPS-O-8-50/V5
Rope set Consisting of thimble and rope clamp 5 ea.092496
RPS-RS/V5Pulley set
Consisting of rope pulley block and pulley bracket 5 ea.092501
RPS-PS/V5 RPS-PS/V5Pulley set
Consisting of rope pulley block and pulley bracket 1 ea.096251
RPS-P/V1 RPS-P/V1
M6 x 60 5 ea.092498
TurnbuckleRPS-B-6-60/V5
M6 x 100 1 ea.092500
RPS-B-6-110
Accessories for rope pull switchesEyeboltRope setPulley setTurnbuckleTensioner springTensioning ropeBuilt-in LED
Ordering table
Pulley set RPS-P/V1
Rope setEyeboltThread M8
Dimension drawings
Turnbuckle
Built-in LEDThe built-in LED is suitable for direct installationin one of the M20 x 1.5 threads of the threecable entries in the rope pull switch RPS.The built-in LED indicates to the operator whetherthe switch is actuated or not.The switching element can be wired individually.Operating voltage DC 24 V +10%, -15%.
50
32
8
∅8
∅18 9
28,5
∅13
~13
∅3
15
28
5
Thimble
Rope clamp
M6
Left-handed thread
RPS-
B-6-
60 =
60
RPS-
B-6-
100
= 1
10
Pulley set RPS-PS/V5
Rope pulleyblock
28
16
58
22
M5
Ø 9
Pulleybracket Rope pulley
block
70
19
25
Ø 1
4 25
23,5
M5
Pulleybracket
156
Accessories
Subject to technical modifications; no responsibility is accepted for the accuracy of this information.
Tensioning rope
Tensioner spring
Built-in LED
Designation Version Packaging unit Order No./Item
For tensile force 110 N / 175 N 1 ea.092136
Tensioner springRPS-W-100/175
For tensile force 300 N 1 ea.092138
RPS-W-300
Length 50 m 1 ea.092813
Tensioning ropeRPS-I-3-4/50m
Length 100 m 1 ea.092814
RPS-I-3-4/100mColor red
087423for cable entry M20 x 1.5, with seal 1 ea.
LED M20x1.5Built-in LED
light radiation to sideColor red
095510for cable entry M20 x 1.5, with seal 1 ea.
LED-F M20x1.5light radiation to front
Ordering table
M20x1,520x1,5
8
∅ 28,728,7
∅ 26,526,5
1
R11,811,8
9,5
9,514
,514
,5
38,5
38,5
ca. 1
15ca
. 115
SWSW2727
∅3
∅4
∅1
Plastic sheath, red
30 min.
∅3
12
∅39
0+
3
F
RPS-W-100/175: L0 min. = 383RPS-W-300: L0 min. = 483
RPS-W-100/175: L max. = 487RPS-W-300: L max. = 653
Accessories
For
safe
ty p
reca
utio
ns s
ee p
age
160
For
tech
nica
l dat
a se
e pa
ge 1
58
Subject to technical modifications; no responsibility is accepted for the accuracy of this information. 157
Version Material Cable length L [mm]1800 3600 6000 9100 12100 15200 18200
PVC 100949 100950 100951 100952 102505 100953 -Female plugwith cable
PUR 102516 102517 102518 100956 102519 102520 102521
PVC - 100954 - 100955 - - -extensioncable
PUR - - 100957 - - 100958 -
Female plug with cable10-pin
Dimension drawings
Ordering table
Pin assignment female plug MR10 with cablePin Wire color Wire cross-section [mm²]1 OG 0,82 (18 AWG)2 BU 0,82 (18 AWG)3 WH/BK 0,82 (18 AWG)4 RD/BK 0,82 (18 AWG)5 GN/BK 0,82 (18 AWG)
Pin Wire color Wire cross-section [mm²]6 OG/BK 0,82 (18 AWG)7 RD 0,82 (18 AWG)8 GN/YE 0,82 (18 AWG)9 BK 0,82 (18 AWG)10 WH 0,82 (18 AWG)
Extension cable10-pin
Female plug/extension cable for rope pull switche RPS...MR10
4
3
26
5
910
7 8 1
Ø 3
2
64
Ø 9
,8 50
4
3
26
5
910
7 8 1
Ø 3
2
64
Ø 9
,8
64
View ofconnection side, socket
View ofconnection side, socket
Female plug
Female plug Coupling
Cable length L
Cable length L
158
Technical Data
Subject to technical modifications; no responsibility is accepted for the accuracy of this information.
Rope pull switch RPSThe technical data on switches and switching elements apply to allconnections. Further technical data are given for the connection selected.
Switching element
Parameter Value UnitSwitching principle Slow-action switching elementSwitching elements 2131 3131with 4 switching elements 3 NC + 1 NO 2 NC + 2 NOContact opening gap > 2 x 2 mmMin. switching current at 24 V DC 10 mA
4
Switch
Parameter Value UnitHousing material Reinforced thermoplasticActuation material Die-cast zinc, steelDegree of protection according to IEC 60529 IP 67Mechanical life Acc. to IEC 60947-5-5Ambient temperature - 25 ... + 70 °CWeight Approx. 0.48 kgLatching device Acc. to EN 418
RPS...100 RPS...175 RPS...300Actuating force 100 175 300 NRope length max. 25 37.5 75 mRope diameter 2 ... 5 mmRope attachment RPS...R... Via pull lug
RPS...C... Via clamping headEMERGENCY-STOP reset RPS...P... Pull-to-reset button
RPS...S... Turn-to-reset button
Reliability values acc. to EN ISO 13849-1
Parameter Value UnitB10d 1 x 105 operating cycles
Connection, cable entry M20 x 1.5
Parameter Value UnitConnection Screw terminalVersion M20 x 1.5Conductor cross-section 0.34 ... 1.5 mm²Rated insulation voltage Ui 250 V AC/DCRated impulse withstand voltage Uimp 2.5 kVConventional thermal current Ith 10 AShort circuit protection according to IEC 60269-1
6 A Dll/gG(control circuit fuse)Utilization category to IEC 60947-5-1 AC-15 Ie 3 A Ue 240 V
M20x1,5
Plug connector MR10 connection
Parameter Value UnitConnection Plug connectorVersion BHA (10-pin)Degree of protection according to IEC 60529 IP 65 1)
Rated insulation voltage Ui 50 V AC/DCRated impulse withstand voltage Uimp 2.5 kVConventional thermal current Ith 4 AShort circuit protection according to IEC 60269-1
4 A gG(control circuit fuse)Utilization category to IEC 60947-5-1 AC-15 Ie 3 A Ue 50 V
DC-13 Ie 3 A Ue 24 V
10-pin
Technical Data
Subject to technical modifications; no responsibility is accepted for the accuracy of this information. 159
Accessories for rope pull switches RPS
Tensioner spring
Parameter Value UnitMaterial of rope clamp Die-cast zinc/steelMaterial of spring X12CrNi177 (1.4310)Eyebolt DIN 444 M12x50-4.6 ZnAmbient temperature -25 ... +70 °CRope diameter 2 ... 5 mmRope attachment Quick-action clamping device
RPS-W-100/175 RPS-W-300Spring rate 2.1 1.9 N/mmMaximum spring force 218 335 NWeight Approx. 0.5 Approx. 0.55 kg
Built-in LED
Parameter Value UnitMaterial of housing ABS/PC blend, blackMaterial of cap Transparent polycarbonateDegree of protection (fitted in rope pull switch) IP 65Ambient temperature -20 ... +50 °CConnection 2 wiresMounting M20 x 1.5Operating voltage 24 V DCSwitch-on current < 0.5 ACurrent consumption 45 mA
Travel diagram RPS2131...
300N/175N/100N
240N/140N/80N
180N/105N/60N
13 -
1421
- 22
31 -
3241
- 42
ON OFFTensile force N ±15%
Detent mechanism
Detent mechanism
Travel diagram RPS3131...
300N/175N/100N
240N/140N/80N
180N/105N/60N
13 -
1421
- 22
33 -
3441
- 42
ON OFFTensile force N ±15%
Detent mechanism
Detent mechanism
160
Appendix
Subject to technical modifications; no responsibility is accepted for the accuracy of this information.
Safety precautionsSafety switches perform a personal protection function. Incorrectinstallation or tampering can lead to severe injuries to personnel.Prior to installation, use and maintenance, it is imperative that you readthe operating instructions. Also take into account the following points:
Safety switches must not be bypassed (bridging of contacts), turnedaway, removed or otherwise rendered ineffective.The switching operation on safety switches with separate actuatormust only be triggered by actuators specifically provided for thispurpose which are permanently connected to the safety guard.Mounting and electrical connection must be performed onlyby authorized personnel.Safety switches and actuators must not be used as an end stop.Switching elements are not allowed to be replaced on safetyswitches.If damaged or worn, safety switches must be replaced as a unit.
Assembly instructions
Safety switches with safety functionTo obtain the required isolating distance, the trip dog setting distanceshown in the dimension drawing must be observed (see technicaldata, travel diagrams). Actuating elements such as cam approachguides must be positively mounted in accordance with EN 1088,i.e. riveted, welded or otherwise secured against becoming loose.Safety switches must not be used as an end stop. It must be ensuredthat the safety switch does not move after adjustment.It must be possible to replace safety switches without the need forre-adjustment.
Safety switches with separate actuatorThe safety switch and actuator must be installed properly.The actuator must be positively mounted, e.g. by using safety screws(are included with the actuator) or by welding, riveting, or pinning.Safety switches must not be used as an end stop. Safety switchesmust be mounted such that they can be replaced.A hazard analysis must be prepared as per the Machinery Directive.The hazardous point must be classified with the aid of type C standardsor EN 954-1 or its successor. Safety switches must be chosen tomatch this classification and the information given in DIN EN 1088.
161
Appendix
Subject to technical modifications; no responsibility is accepted for the accuracy of this information.
Type A standards
(EN 292-1) ISO 12100-1 EN 12100-1, Safety of machinery. Basic concepts, general principles for design. Part 1: Basic terminology,methodology
(EN 292-2) ISO 12100-2 Safety of machinery- Basic concepts, general principles for design. Part 2: Technical principles andspecifications
EN 1050 ISO/DIS 14121 Safety of machinery. Principles for risk assessment
Type B standards
EN 294 Safety of machinery. Safety distances to prevent danger zones being reached by the upper limbs
EN 418 Safety of machinery. Emergency stop equipment, functional aspects. Principles for design
EN 547-1 Safety of machinery- Human body measurements. Part 1: Principles for determining the dimensions requiredfor openings for whole body access into machinery
EN 574 Safety of machinery. Two-hand control circuits. Functional aspects. Principles for design
EN 811 Safety of machinery. Safety distances to prevent danger zones being reached by the lower limbs
EN 953 Safety of machinery. Guards. General requirements for the design and construction of fixed and movableguards
EN 954-1 ISO 13849-1 Safety of machinery. Safety related parts of control systems. Part 1: General principles for design
EN 954-2 ISO 13849-2 Safety of machinery. Safety related parts of control systems. Part 2: Validation
EN 954-100 Safety of machinery. Safety related parts of control systems. Guidelines on the use and application of EN 954-1
EN 999 Safety of machinery. The positioning of protective equipment in respect of approach speeds of parts of thehuman body
EN 1037 Safety of machinery. Prevention of unexpected start-up
EN 1088 Safety of machinery. Interlocking devices associated with guards. Principles for design and selection.
EN 60204-1 IEC 60204-1 Safety of machinery. Electrical equipment of machines. Part 1: General requirements
EN 60204-11 IEC 60204-11 Safety of machinery. Electrical equipment of machines. Part 11: Requirements for HV equipment forvoltages above 1000 V a.c. or 1500 V d.c. and not exceeding 36 kV
EN 60204-31 IEC 60204-31 Safety of machinery. Electrical equipment of machines. Part 31: Particular safety and EMC requirementsfor sewing machines, units and systems
EN 60204-32 IEC 60204-32 Safety of machinery. Electrical equipment of machines. Part 32: Requirements for hoisting machines
EN 61496-1 IEC 61496-1 Safety of machinery. Electro-sensitive protective equipment. Part 1: General requirements and tests
EN 61496-3 IEC 61496-3 Safety of machinery. Electro-sensitive protective equipment. Part 3: Particular requirements for activeopto-electronic protective devices responsive to diffuse reflection (AOPDDR)
EN 61508 IEC 61508 Functional safety of electrical/electronic/programmable electronic safety-related systems.
EN 62061 IEC 62061 Safety of machinery. Functional safety of safety-related electrical, electronic and programmable electroniccontrol systems
Type C standards
EN 201 Rubber and plastics machines. Injection moulding machines. Safety requirements
EN 415-1 Safety of packaging machines. Part 1: Terminology and classification of packaging machines and associatedequipment
EN 415-2 Safety of packaging machines. Part 2: Pre-formed rigid container packaging machines
EN 415-3 Safety of packaging machines. Part 3: Form, fill and seal machines
EN 415-4 Safety of packaging machines. Part 4: Palletizers and depalletizers
EN 422 Rubber and plastics. Machines. Safety. Blow moulding machines intended for the production of hollowarticles. Requirements for the design and construction
EN 692 Mechanical presses. Safety
EN 693 Machine tools. Safety. Hydraulic presses
EN 775 ISO 10218 Industrial robots. Recommendations for safety
EN 931 Footwear manufacturing machines. Lasting machines. Safety requirements
Overview of the most important standards on machinery safety
withdrawn
withdrawn
162
Appendix
Subject to technical modifications; no responsibility is accepted for the accuracy of this information.
EN 848-1 Safety of woodworking machines. One side moulding machines with rotating tool. Part 1: Single spindlevertical moulding machines
EN 848-2 Safety of woodworking machines. One side moulding machines with rotating tool. Part 2: Single spindlehandfed/integrated fed routing machines
EN 848-3 Safety of woodworking machines. One side moulding machines with rotating tool. Part 3: Numericalcontrol (NC) boring machines and routing machines
EN 972 Tannery machines. Reciprocating roller machines. Safety requirements
EN 1010 Safety of machinery. Safety requirements for the design and construction of printing and paper convertingmachines.
EN 1114-1 Rubber and plastics machines. Extruders and extrusion lines. Part 1: Safety requirements for extruders
EN 1114-2 Rubber and plastics machines. Extruders and extrusion lines. Part 2: Safety requirements for die facepelletizers
EN 1114-3 Rubber and plastics machines. Extruders and extrusion lines. Part 3: Safety requirements for haul-offs
EN 1218-1 Safety of woodworking machines. Tenoning machines. Part 1: Single end tenoning machines with slidingtable
EN 1870-1 Safety of woodworking machines. Circular sawing machines. Part 1: Circular saw benches (with andwithout sliding table) and dimension saws
EN 1870-9 Safety of woodworking machines. Circular sawing machines. Part 9: Double blade circular sawing machinesfor cross-cutting with integrated feed and with manual loading and/or unloading
EN ISO 11111 ISO 11111 Textile machinery. Safety requirements
EN 12415 Safety of machine tools. Small numerically controlled turning machines and turning centres
EN 12417 Machine tools. Safety. Machining centres
EN 12478 Safety of machine tools. Large numerically controlled turning machines and turning centres
EN 12622 Safety of machine tools. Hydraulic press brakes
OSHA standards
29 CFR 1910.147 The Control of Hazardous Energy
29 CFR 1910.211 Definitions
29 CFR 1910 Subpart O Machinery and Machine Guarding
29 CFR 1910.212 General Requirements for all machines
29 CFR 1910.213 Woodworking machinery requirements
29 CFR 1910.215 Abrasive wheel machinery
29 CFR 1910.217 Mechanical power presses
29 CFR 1910.217 App A Mandatory requirements for certification / validation of safety systems for presence sensing device initiationof mechanical power presses
29 CFR 1910.217 App B Nonmandatory guidelines for certification / validation of safety systems for presence sensing deviceinitiation of mechanical power presses
29 CFR 1910.217 App C Mandatory requirements for OSHA recognition of thirdparty validation organizations for the PDSI standard
29 CFR 1910.219 Mechanical Power-transmission Apparatus
29 CFR 1910 Subpart P Hand and Portable Power Tools and Other Hand-Held Equipment
29 CFR 1910.242 Hand and portable powered tools and equipment, general
29 CFR 1910.243 Guarding of portable powered tools
29 CFR 1910 Subpart S Electrical
29 CFR 1910.303 General requirements
29 CFR 1910.304 Wiring design and protection
29 CFR 1910.305 Wiring methods, components, and equipment for general use
29 CFR 1926.300 General Requirements
29 CFR 1926.301 Hand Tools
29 CFR 1926.302 Power-operated Hand Tools
163
Appendix
Subject to technical modifications; no responsibility is accepted for the accuracy of this information.
29 CFR 1926.303 Abrasive Wheels and Tools
29 CFR 1926.304 Woodworking Tools
29 CFR 1926.307 Mechanical Power –Transmission Apparatus
29 CFR 1926.555 Conveyors
ANSI Standards
ANSI B5.37-1970 External Cylindrical Grinding Machines - Centerless
ANSI B5.42-198 External Cylindrical Grinding Machines – Universal
ANSI B5.52M-1980 Presses, General Purpose, Single Point Gap Type, Mechanical Power (Metric)
ANSI B7.1-2000 Safety Code for the Use, Care and Protection of Abrasive Wheels
ANSI B11.1-1988 Machine Tools – Mechanical Power Presses, Safety Requirement for Construction, Care, and Use
ANSI B11.3-1982 Power Press Brakes, Safety Requirements for the Construction, Care, and Use of
ANSI B11.4-1993 Shears - Safety Requirement for Construction, Care, and Use
ANSI B11.9-1975 Grinding Machines, Safety Requirements for the Construction, Care, and Use of
ANSI B11.12-1975 Roll-Forming and Roll-Bending Machines - Safety Requirement for Construction, Care, and Use
ANSI B11.19-1999 Performance Criteria for the Design, Construction, Care and Operation of Safeguarding when Referencedby the Other Machine Tool Safety Standards
ANSI B11.20 Manufacturing Systems/Cells
ANSI B11-TR3-2000 Risk Assessment and Risk Reduction - A Guide to Estimate, Evaluate and Reduce Risks Associated withMachine Tools
ANSI B15.1-53 Code for Mechanical Power Transmission Apparatus
ANSI B20.1-57 Safety Code for Conveyors, Cableways, and Related Equipment
ANSI B65.1-1995 Safety Standard – Printing Press Systems
ANSI O1.1-54 Safety Code for Woodworking Machinery
RIA, NFPA Standards
NFPA 79 (2002) Electrical Standard for Industrial Machinery
RIA 15.06-1999 Industrial Robots and Robot Systems - Safety Requirements
JIS standards in English
JIS B 6014:1980 General code of safety for machine tools
JIS B 6507:1981 General code of safety for wood working machinery
JIS B 6607:1983 Safety standards for construction of band saw machines with feed carriages
JIS B 9650:1988 General design rules for safety and sanitation of food processing machinery
JIS B 9651:1988 Design rules for safety and sanitation of baking machinery
JIS B 9652:1988 Design rules for safety and sanitation of cake making machinery
JIS B 9653:1988 Design rules for safety and sanitation of meat processing machinery
JIS B 9654:1988 Design rules for safety and sanitation of marine product machinery
Appendix
Subject to technical modifications; no responsibility is accepted for the accuracy of this information.164
CategoryThe categories according to EN ISO 13849-1 (B, 1, 2, 3 and 4) provide anassessment of the performance of safety-related parts of a control systemon the occurrence of failures.
Closed-circuit current principleOn a safety guard with guard locking based on the closed-circuit currentprinciple, the safety guard is locked by spring force until the interlockingsolenoid is supplied with power. Unlocking is by solenoid force. The termmechanical guard locking is also used.
Cyclic modeAn operating mode in which the working space on the machine is openedduring every operating cycle and the operator therefore frequently needsto work in the danger area.
Danger areaAny area in or around a machine in which a person is subject to a risk ofinjury or a health hazard.The hazard can
Either be present continuously on the correct use of the machine(movement of hazardous moving parts, arcs during welding, etc.)Or can occur unexpectedly (unintentional, unexpected starting, etc.).
Degree of protectionThe degree of protection is defined according to EN 60529-1 and isgiven as an IP. After the IP there are two digits; the first digit gives thedegree of protection against the penetration of solid foreign bodies andthe second digit gives the degree of protection against the penetrationof liquids. For safety switches the degree of protection IP 55 is to beprovided as a matter of preference (BGI 575).
Approach speedSpeed at which a position switch can be mechanically actuated.The permitted approach speed is dependent on the shape and mate-rial of the actuating element and the approach angle. The higherthe approach speed, the shallower the approach angle that shouldbe chosen.
Automatic modeThe automatic mode is an operating mode in which, unlike the manualmode, only system starting is triggered by human intervention. All otheractions are performed automatically.
Glossary
Actuating forceSwitches with safety function:The actuating force is the minimum force required to perform a switchingoperation.
Switches with separate actuator:The actuating force is the force required to insert the actuator in orderto thus perform a switching operation.
Actuation (electrical / mechanical)Transition of a moving contact from one switch position to another.This will result in a change to the switch state of an item of switchgear.A differentiation is made between electrical actuation (e.g. switching on– switching off) and mechanical actuation (e. g. closing – opening).
Actuator/actuating elementSwitches with safety function:Mechanical element on a safety position switch that triggers the switchingoperation. Actuators are available in different forms, for example as rollerplungers, chisel plunger or roller arms.
Switches with separate actuator:On switches with separate actuator the actuating element is separatefrom the safety switch. The design of the actuators is matched (coded)to the safety switch so that tampering using simple means (screwdriver,pieces of wire) is not possible.
Roller plunger Chisel plunger Roller arm
BoltBolts function as follows: the bolt tongue mechanically guides theactuator when it is inserted in the safety switch actuating head. The bolt
mounted on the door frame comprises a protruding bolt tongue, the handleand the actuator, mounted offset somewhat to the rear. The switch holderwith the safety switch is fitted to the frame. The bolt absorbs forces thatact on the switch and the actuator and that could damage the switch andactuator.
Bolt for safety switch
Straight actuator Hinged actuator
Appendix
Subject to technical modifications; no responsibility is accepted for the accuracy of this information. 165
Escape releaseThe escape release must make it possible to unlock the safety guardfrom within the danger area without the use of tools. The device must bemanually operated and must positively act on the locking mechanism.Actuation must not result in permanent disabling of the guard locking.
Extraction forceThe extraction force is the required minimum force to achieve positivelydriven opening of all NC contacts.
Guard lockingThe guard locking retains a movable safety guard in the closed positionuntil the machine can no longer pose any risk of injury. With the guardlocking open, unintentional starting of the machine is prevented.
DiversityDiversity is the use of two different concepts to provide a function.For instance, the use of a switch with safety function and a switchwith separate actuator on a safety guard. Here it is assumed that
a single failure cannot affect two different concepts in the same way.Diversity also makes tampering more difficult and the safety of redun-dant systems is increased.
Movable safety guardwithout guard locking, with system diversity.
Movable safety guardwith guard locking, with system diversity.
Guard lock monitoringThe guard lock monitoring monitors the position of the interlocking solenoids.This device is positively linked to the switching element ÜK via a lockingarm. On intentional or unintentional unlocking of the interlocking solenoid,the positively driven contact in this switching element is actuated andtherefore signals the position of the interlocking solenoid.
The sectional drawings show the safety switch STM in its three switchstates:
Electrical guard lockingGuard locking based on the open-circuit current principle.
Enable pathAn enable path is used to generate a safety-related output signal. Enablepaths act to the exterior like NO contacts.
Enabling switchIf a safety guard is open, movements are only to be possible if thecontrols are operated continuously. These are controls with automaticreturn to their original position. In general the term enabling switches isused here.
Enabling switch with +/– buttons
� Door open and not locked
� Door closed and not locked
� Door closed and locked
23 24
11 12 11 12
Gua
rdlo
ckin
gso
leno
id
23 24
11 12 11 12
Gua
rdlo
ckin
gso
leno
id
23 24
11 12 11 12
Gua
rdlo
ckin
gso
leno
id
Hazardous statesAre states that could result in injury. Safety switches, if the safetyguard used correctly, prevent this hazard (cf. safe state).
Appendix
Subject to technical modifications; no responsibility is accepted for the accuracy of this information.166
Hinged actuatorThe hinged actuator is, unlike the straight actuator, spring mounted andas a result the actuator can be inserted in the actuator head withoutproblems even with small door radii. With larger radii, a straight actuatorcan be used.
r
Hinged actuator
Interlocking, interlocking deviceAccording to EN 1088 an interlocking device is a mechanical, electricalor other device with the purpose of preventing operation of the machineunder certain conditions (usually as long as a movable safety guard isnot closed).
Locking forceThe locking force is the force that guard locking can withstandon switches with separate actuator.The locking force in accordance with GS-ET 19 includes an additionalsafety coefficient (S = 1.3) which is prescribed by the employers’ liabilityinsurance association in its test principles.The locking force FZh in accordance with GS-ET 19 is calculated as follows:
Manual modeManual mode is an operating mode in which the machine movementsare not performed automatically, but using individual commands fromthe user.
Mechanical guard lockingGuard locking based on the closed-circuit current principle.
Mechanical releaseOn the failure of guard locking, the locking can be released from theaccess side using a mechanical release. Unlocking is performed usinga tool or a key. The mechanical release should be protected againstmisuse (seal, lacquer).
Mounting safety switches and actuatorsSafety switches must be mounted such that they are adequately securedagainst changes to their position. Easy bypassing of the safety switchmust be prevented.
Movable safety guardA movable safety guard is the part of the machine that is used asa barrier to protect against hazards. Movable safety guards forma physical barrier to the danger area. They can be, e. g. safety doors,covers, fences, housings, etc.
Safety switch with mechanical release
FZh =Locking force, max.Safety coefficient
Open-circuit current principleOn a safety guard with guard locking based on the open-circuit currentprinciple, the safety guard is locked until the power supply to theinterlocking solenoid is interrupted. Unlocking is by spring force. The termelectrical guard locking is also used.
Operating modesEvery machine can have one or more operating modes that are definedby the type of machine and their application. If the selection of anoperating mode can cause a hazardous situation, the selection of thisoperating mode must be prevented by suitable means (e.g. key-operatedswitch, access code). The selection of an operating mode on its own isnot allowed to trigger machine operation. A separate action on the partof the operator must be required to start the operation of the machine.A means of indication of the selected operating mode is to be provided(e.g. the position of an operating mode selector switch, an indicator, ascreen indication, etc.). Technical protective measures must remaineffective for all operating modes. If it is necessary to disable technicalprotective measures (e. g. for setting up or maintenance work), a devicefor operating mode selection is to be provided that can be secured inthe required operating mode (e.g. locked with a key) so that automaticoperation can be prevented. In addition, one or more of the followingdevices should be provided:
Movement enable using an enabling switch. The machine only runsas long as the enabling switch is operated.A portable control unit with a device for shutting down in anemergency or an enabling device. If a portable control unit is used,it must only be possible to trigger a movement from this pointMovement speed or movement energy restrictionMovement area restriction
PDFThe abbreviation PDF can have several meanings in safety engineering:
� Probability of Dangerous FailureAccording to EN 61508, PDF is the probability of failure of a componentand is used to determine the Safety Integrity Level ( SIL) for the overallmachine.
� Proximity Devices with defined behaviour under Fault conditionsProximity switches with defined behavior under fault conditions(see EN 60947-5-3).
Positive actuationPositive actuation is the positive movement of a moving mechanicalcomponent together with another component – either by direct contactor via rigid parts. The second component is, as a result, moved positivelyby the first.
Position switchPosition switches are used to acquire the position of axes or movingsafety guards. As soon as a position switch is used as a safety-rele-
vant component, the term position switch with safety function or safety-related position switch is used. In this case the switching element mustcontain at least one positively driven contact.
Appendix
Subject to technical modifications; no responsibility is accepted for the accuracy of this information. 167
Safety relay ESM
Movable safety guard with redundant safety switches
12
23 24
11
23 24
11 12
23
11 12
2423 24
12 11
Actuator Actuator
Switchlockedwith guardlocking
Switch unlocked.Protectionagainstunintentionalclosing of theguard lockingactive.
Guardlockingsolenoid
Guardlockingsolenoid
Symbol for a positively driven contact
Positively driven, positively driven contactThe achievement of contact separation by a positive movement of theactuating element is termed positively driven. Switching elements with
this switching behavior are termed positively driven contacts. TheseNC contacts are drawn with the symbol shown below. Switches mustalso meet the requirements of EN 60947-5-1 annex K.
Protection against unintentional closingProtection against unintentional closing of an interlocking device withguard locking mechanically prevents the safety switch changing to the
locked position with the safety guard open and therefore signaling a safestate.
RedundancyRedundancy is the use of more than one system to always maintain thesame safety function even on the failure of individual components.Even for the use of a position switch with two positively drivenNC contacts, the term redundant (dual-channel) system is often used.However, here it is to be noted that only duplication of the safety contactsis achieved, the mechanical drive (trip dog and plunger) remains single-channel as before. To setup a redundant system (from safety category 3according to EN ISO 13849-1), both the mechanism (two positionswitches) and the electronics should be of dual-channel layout. The safetyof a redundant system is further increased by diversity.
Retention forceThe retention force is the maximum force that is allowed to be appliedto the actuator with the safety switch in the locked state so that theswitch cannot be unlocked.In the case of switches without guard locking, the retention force is themaximum force that may be applied to the actuator in withdrawal directionwhile still guaranteeing reliable contact.
RiskThe combination of the probability and the severity of injury in a hazardoussituation.
Risk assessmentThe standard EN 1050 contains procedures necessary to perform a riskassessment. The risk assessment initially involves a risk analysis anda subsequent risk evaluation. In EN 954-1 there is a simple procedurefor determining the required category to match the risk.
Safe stateA safe state is provided if no hazard can be produced by a systemor machine on correct use (cf. hazardous states).
Safety guardA safety guard is intended to protect people, products and theenvironment from hazards. A differentiation is made between movablesafety guards and fixed safety guards.
Safety relaysSafety relays are used to evaluate switchgear connected (safety switches,emergency stop switchgear, etc.). They ensure that the OSSD (OutputSignal Switching Device) is opened.
Safety switchA safety switch is part of a safety chain. It provides a safe signal in theinput circuit. A stop signal is generated when the safety guard is opened.In this way unintentional machine starting is prevented when the safetyguard is open, that is interlocking is achieved.
SIL (Safety Integrity Level)According to EN 61508 the objective for the probability of failure on theexecution of risk-reducing functions. The standard defines therequirements that are necessary to achieve a specific safety level (SIL).
Single-fault toleranceSingle-fault tolerance means that even after the occurrence of a singlefailure, the agreed safe function continues to be provided.
Slow-action contact elementA slow-action contact element is characterized by the opening of theswitching element as a function of the speed at which the actuator ismoved.
Appendix
Subject to technical modifications; no responsibility is accepted for the accuracy of this information.168
Guiding the actuator in a C rail
4 contact switching element
Switchingelement 3
Switchingelement 4
Switching element 2
Switchingelement 1
Snap-action contact elementOn snap-action contact elements the switching element jumps to the otherswitch state from a defined actuator position. The movement of theswitching element is independent of the speed at which the actuator ismoved. Snap-action contact elements typically have hysteresis.
StandardsThe European Machinery directive states that if harmonized standardsare observed, it is allowed to assume that the directive is met. Stan-dards specify the requirements of the directive in more detail and as arule represent the general state-of-the-art. Manufacturers of safetyswitches must comply with EN 60947-5. All EUCHNER safety switchescomply with this standard.
Start (automatic or manual)An item of safety switchgear (e.g. safety relay) can be started manuallyor automatically. On a manual start, an enable signal is generated afterthe Start button is pressed and a safe state has been detected.This function is also termed static operation and is stipulated foremergency stop devices (EN 60204-1).On an automatic start, an enable signal is generated after a safe statehas been detected without any manual enable. This function is also termeddynamic operation and is not allowed for emergency stop devices(EN 60204-1).
Stop categoryEN 60204-1 defines various stop categories; here stopping refers to theshutdown of the machine.Stop category 0 means that the machine is shutdown by the immediateshutdown of the power.Stop category 1 means that the machine is shutdown in a controlled mannerwhile the supply of power is maintained to bring the machine to a standstill.Once standstill has been reached, the power is interrupted.Stop category 2 means that the machine is shutdown in a controlledmanner while the supply of power is maintained to bring the machine toa standstill. The power is not interrupted at standstill. This stop categoryis not allowed to be used for shutdown in an emergency according toEN 60204-1.
Switching elementsSwitching elements are fitted in position switches. Switching elementsare available with a normally closed function, with a normally open functionand as positively driven contacts. EUCHNER supplies switchingelements with one, two, three and four contacts for the various switchtypes. Switching elements can be slow-action contact elements orsnap-action contact elements.
TamperingTampering is the conscious disabling or bypassing of safety guards andtheir components. Safety switches and other safety device must bedesigned such that the protective function cannot be changed or bypassedby hand or using one simple action. Simple actions include using:
ScrewdriversBall-point pensNailsPieces of wireAdhesive tapeetc.
Actions that are not regarded as simple are actions that require morethan one work step with tools.
The inability to bypass by simple means (BGI 575) is:
The dismantling of partsThe turning of the safety switch away from its protective positionThe use of a second actuatorThe bridging of the contacts
It should be taken into account in the design that, despite safety guards,straightforward and correct operation of machines and systems mustbe possible. If this aspect is not taken into account, the probabilityof bypassing safety measures will increase.
TestingTesting is intended to ensure that a safety system functions correctly.Testing can be performed automatically, by the control system, in theform of monitoring or testing during the process. Depending on therequirements, a combination of automatic and manual testing is alsopossible. The testing must be repeated at defined intervals as a functionof the risk analysis. Testing is required for category 2 and 4 accordingto EN 954-1 and should also be performed for category 3.
Appendix
Subject to technical modifications; no responsibility is accepted for the accuracy of this information. 169
With safety function With separate actuator
With safety function and with separate actuator (switches)Safety switches are divided into two different functional types.
On switches with safety function the actuator is permanently connectedto the switch, on switches with separate actuator, the actuator is sepa-rate and is mounted on the safety guard.
170
Item Index
Item Order No. Page Item Order No. Page
Index by item designation
ACTUATOR -G-SN-C2115 097861 94ACTUATOR -GT-LN 095739 94ACTUATOR -GT-SN 095738 94ACTUATOR -WQ-LN 095741 94ACTUATOR -WQ-SN 095740 94ACTUATOR-M-G 074076 88ACTUATOR-M-GQ 074079 88ACTUATOR-M-GS 074128 89ACTUATOR-M-GT 074078 88ACTUATOR-M-GTS 074130 89ACTUATOR-M-W 074077 88ACTUATOR-M-WS 074129 89ACTUATOR-M-WT 074080 88ACTUATOR-P-G 059226 90ACTUATOR-P-GN 074570 90ACTUATOR-P-GNT 074576 91ACTUATOR-P-GT 070046 91ACTUATOR-P-W 059227 90ACTUATOR-P-WN 074571 90ACTUATOR-P-WNT 074577 91ACTUATOR-P-WT 070038 91Adapter NP-K 074578 97Bolt 0 NP/TP 073535 109Bolt 1 NP/TP 073536 109Bolt BTC-ST/G-S-TH-00-X 106284 113Bolt BTC-ST/G-S-TH-01-F 106285 113Bolt BTC-T/GP-S-TH-00-X 106301 111Bolt BTC-T/GP-S-TH-01-F 106302 111Bolt NM 077233 108Bolt S-A 096384 112Bolt S-AF 096390 112Bolt S-C 096385 112Bolt S-CF 096391 112Bolt STP-GFK 098121 114Bolt TP-A 084430 110Bolt TP-AF 086186 110Bolt TP-C 084432 110Bolt TP-CF 086188 110Bolt TP-GFK 096616 114Bolt TP-GFK-F 097602 114BW handle 099795 107BW-STP-C-2000 097952 107BW-TP-C-2000 096230 107BW-TP-C-3000 098313 107BW-TP-C-4000 098314 107C-M23F19-PU01,5-MA-110301 110301 102C-M23F19-PU03,0-MA-110302 110302 102C-M23F19-PU06,0-MA-110303 110303 102C-M23F19-PU10,0-MA-110304 110304 102C-M23F19-PU15,0-MA-110305 110305 102C-M23F19-PU20,0-MA-110306 110306 102C-M23F19-PU25,0-MA-110307 110307 102C-MINF10... 157C-MINF12... 103EKPM16/05 084572 104EKPM20/06 086233 104Emergency unlocking automatic reset TP/STP 103110 106Emergency unlocking STA 099876 106Emergency unlocking TP/STP 099877 106EMP-B1 093457 98EMP-B2 093458 98EMP-SB 093456 98EMP-SC 085753 99
FE-Griff 105329 106GP1-2121A-M 090252 32GP1-2131A-M 090255 32GP1-2131A-M-EX 095702 32GP1-3131A-M 090258 32GP1-528A-M 089725 32GP1-538A-M 090250 32GP2-2131ASR11 096227 33HINGED ACTUATOR-P-LR 059440 92HINGED ACTUATOR-P-LRN 074573 93HINGED ACTUATOR-P-OU 070050 92HINGED ACTUATOR-P-OUN 074572 93HINGED ACTUATOR-S-LR-LN 096844 96HINGED ACTUATOR-S-LR-SN 096838 95HINGED ACTUATOR-S-OU-LN 096697 96HINGED ACTUATOR-S-OU-SN 095315 95Insertion funnel M 083565 97Insertion funnel NP/GP/TP 086237 97Insertion funnel STP/STM 093157 97Latch spring NP/TP 076501 105LED M20x1,5 087423 104/156LED set STP 098035 104LED set TP 093752 104LED-FM 20x1,5 095510 104/156Lock TP 084177 105Lock TP 086236 105Lock TP identical locking C2293 109212 105Lockout bar 096105 105M4x14/V100 074063 107M4x14/V100 086232 107M5x10/V100 073455 107M5x25/V100 073457 107NM01AG-M 084553 19NM01AK-M 084559 20NM01AL-M 079117 18NM01AV-M 084545 18NM01HBA-M 084527 17NM01KBA-M 084522 16NM01RBA-M 084515 15NM01VZA-M 084451 22NM01WOK-M 084495 14NM02AG-M 084555 19NM02AG-MC2069 095360 19NM02AG-SM4 084565 19NM02AK-M 084561 20NM02AK-MC2069 095362 20NM02AL-M 079119 18NM02AL-MC2069 095364 18NM02AL-SM4 093246 18NM02AV-M 084547 18NM02AV-MC2069 095366 18NM02HBA-M 084529 17NM02HBA-MC2069 095368 17NM02KBA-M 084524 16NM02KBA-MC2069 095370 16NM02RBA-M 084517 15NM02RBA-MC2069 095372 15NM02VZA-M 084453 22NM02VZA-MC2069 094470 22NM02VZA-SM4 084564 23NM02WOK-M 084497 14NM02WOK-MC2069 095374 14NM03AG-M 084557 19
171
Item Index
Item Order No. Page Item Order No. PageNM03AK-M 084563 20NM03AL-M 079121 18NM03AV-M 084549 18NM03HBA-M 084531 17NM03KBA-M 084526 16NM03RBA-M 084519 15NM03VZA-M 084455 22NM03WOK-M 084499 14NM11AG-M 084554 19NM11AG-MC2069 095361 19NM11AK-M 084560 20NM11AK-MC2069 095363 20NM11AL-M 079118 18NM11AL-MC2069 095365 18NM11AV-M 084546 18NM11AV-MC2069 095367 18NM11HBA-M 084528 17NM11HBA-MC2069 095369 17NM11KBA-M 084523 16NM11KBA-MC2069 095371 16NM11RBA-M 084516 15NM11RBA-MC2069 095373 15NM11VZA-M 084452 22NM11VZA-MC2069 094471 22NM11VZA-SM4 085626 23NM11WOK-M 084496 14NM11WOK-MC2069 095375 14NM12AG-M 084556 19NM12AK-M 084562 20NM12AL-M 079120 18NM12AV-M 084548 18NM12HBA-M 084530 17NM12KBA-M 084525 16NM12RBA-M 084518 15NM12VZA-M 084454 22NM12WOK-M 084498 14NP1-618AB-M 083680 28NP1-618AS-M 083685 26NP1-628AB-M 083686 28NP1-628AS-M 083688 26NP1-638AB-M 083690 28NP1-638AS-M 083691 26NP1-648AB-M 082276 28NP1-648AS-M 082280 26NP2-618AB 059446 29NP2-618AS 059445 27NP2-628AB 059448 29NP2-628AS 059447 27NP2-638AB 059450 29NP2-638AS 059449 27NP2-648AS 088924 27NP3-638AB 094509 29NP3-638AS 084400 27PL3x26/V100 085576 107PL3x30/V100 075532 107PL3x30/V100 082237 107PL3x38/V100 076755 107PL3x8/V100 085577 107RC18EF-C1828 077025 101RC18EF1,5M-C1825 092761 102RC18EF1,5MF-C1825 092883 102RC18EF10M-C1825 092898 102RC18EF10MF-C1825 092887 102
RC18EF15M-C1825 077016 102RC18EF15MF-C1825 092888 102RC18EF20M-C1825 092726 102RC18EF20MF-C1825 092889 102RC18EF25M-C1825 092727 102RC18EF25MF-C1825 092890 102RC18EF3MF-C1825 092884 102RC18EF6M-C1825 077014 102RC18EF6MF-C1825 092885 102RC18EF8M-C1825 077015 102RC18EF8MF-C1825 092886 102RC18WF-C1825 077026 101RC18WF3MLF-C1825 092893 102Replacement key for idnetical TP 099434 105RPS-B-6-110 092500 155RPS-B-6-60/V5 092498 155RPS-I-3-4/100m 092814 156RPS-I-3-4/50m 092813 156RPS-O-8-50/V5 092495 155RPS-P/V1 096251 155RPS-PS/V5 092501 155RPS-RS/V5 092496 155RPS-W-100/175 092136 156RPS-W-300 092138 156RPS131SC100BHA10LL024 094083 154RPS131SC100BHA10RL024 094084 154RPS131SC175BHA10LL024 094085 154RPS131SC175BHA10RL024 094086 154RPS131SC300BHA10LL024 094087 154RPS131SC300BHA10RL024 094088 154RPS2131PC100M 094852 153RPS2131PC175M 094853 153RPS2131PC300M 094854 153RPS2131PR100M 094849 152RPS2131PR175M 094850 152RPS2131PR300M 094851 152RPS2131SC100M 094430 153RPS2131SC175M 094431 153RPS2131SC300M 094432 153RPS3131PC100M 088885 153RPS3131PC175M 088886 153RPS3131PC300M 088887 153RPS3131PR100M 088888 152RPS3131PR175M 088889 152RPS3131PR300M 088890 152RPS3131SC100M 088882 153RPS3131SC175M 088883 153RPS3131SC300M 088884 153SGA1A-2121A-M 103725 40SGA1A-2131A-M 106307 40SGA2A-2121ARC18-ETX5 104012 42SGA2E-2131ASR11 106736 41SGLF4-5000P 035613 99SGP-TW-1E-2131AC-M 100809 38SGP1E-2121A-M 097705 36SGP1E-2131A-M 097706 36SGP1E-3131A-M 097707 36SGP2E-2131ASR11 099084 37SGP2E-538ASR6 104022 37SR11AM2-M20 091296 100SR11EF 070859 100SR11EF-10000 077630 100SR11EF-15000 077631 100
172
Item Index
Item Order No. Page Item Order No. PageSR11EF-25000 094749 100SR11EF-5000 077629 100SR11WF 054773 100SR11WF-10000 077636 100SR11WF-15000 077637 100SR11WF-5000 077635 100SR6AM2-M20 087180 100SR6EF 013176 100SR6EF-10000 077633 100SR6EF-15000 077634 100SR6EF-5000 077632 100SR6K 013178 100SR6WF 024999 100SR6WF-10000 077639 100SR6WF-15000 077640 100SR6WF-5000 077638 100SRF 071260 100SRM 071261 100STA-TW-3A-2131AC024M 105617 80STA-TW-3A-2131AC024M-S1 105888 80STA-TW-3A-4121AC024L024M 106379 80STA-TW-3A-4121AC024M 106545 80STA1A-4131A024M 096439 78STA2A-4131A024M 096935 78STA3A-2131A024L024RC18 099658 77STA3A-2131A024M 096938 76STA3A-2131A024MC1993 103660 79STA3A-2131A230M 104171 76STA3A-4121A024L024M 106535 76STA3A-4121A024M 096936 76STA3A-4121A024SR11 105304 77STA3A-4131A024M 099480 76STA3A-4141A024L024M 100898 76STA3A-4141A024M 099274 76STA3A-4141A024RC18 100029 77STA4-4141A024M 109172 76STA4A-2131A024L024M 103926 76STA4A-2131A024L024RC18 105303 77STA4A-2131A024L027RC18C1826 106622 77STA4A-2131A024M 096939 76STA4A-4121A024M 096937 76STA4A-4131A024M 099481 76Stift-Crimpkontakt RCM-C1825 094310 101STM1A-222B024-M 095396 82STM1A-222B230-M 098036 82STM1A-242B024-M 095397 82STM1N-222B024-M 091865 82STM1N-222B230-M 098714 82STM1N-242B024-M 092031 82STM2A-222B024-M 095398 82STM2A-242B024-M 095399 82STM2N-222B024-M 092048 82STM2N-242B024-M 092050 82STP-BI-3A-2131A024SR11 100105 71STP-TW-3A-2131AC024M 099973 72STP-TW-3A-2131AC024M-S1 098827 61STP-TW-3A-2131AC024M-S1 098827 72STP-TW-3A-2131AC024SR11 106547 73STP-TW-3A-4131AC024M 106153 72STP-TW-3A-4141AC024L024M 103048 72STP-TW-3A-4141AC024M 100746 72STP-TW-4A-2131AC024M 100849 73STP-TW-4A-2131AC024M-S1 100850 73
STP-TW-4A-2131AC024SR11 102565 73STP-TW-4A-4131AC024M 103910 73STP-TW-4A-4141AC024L024M 103636 73STP1A-4131A024L024M 091746 66STP1A-4131A024M 091491 66STP1A-528A024M 092266 66STP1A-528A024RC18EXT1 106767 68STP1A-538A024M 092258 66STP1D-538A024L024M 092489 66STP2A-4131A024L024M 091747 66STP2A-4131A024M 091492 66STP2A-528A024M 099855 66STP2A-538A024L024M 092490 66STP2A-538A024M 092260 66STP3A-2131A024L024M 091748 62STP3A-2131A024L024RC18 099644 65STP3A-2131A024M 091493 62STP3A-2131A024M-EX 093794 64STP3A-2131A024MC1993 102267 67STP3A-2131A024SR11 099069 64STP3A-2131A024SR11C1993 100223 67STP3A-2131A110M 099326 62STP3A-2131A230M 105972 62STP3A-4121A024M 096890 62STP3A-4121A024M-EX 097626 64STP3A-4121A024MC1993 096885 67STP3A-4121A024SR11 096318 64STP3A-4121A230M 094792 62STP3A-4131A024M 091776 62STP3A-4131A024SR11 103994 64STP3A-4141A024M 099272 62STP3A-4141A024RC18C1993EXT4 109399 70STP3A-4141A024RC18EXT1 104995 69STP3D-4141A024L024M 099412 62STP3D-4141A024M 097891 62STP3D-537A024L024M 097210 62STP4A-2131A024L024M 091749 63STP4A-2131A024M 091494 63STP4A-2131A024M-EX 093795 64STP4A-2131A024SR11 097565 64STP4A-2131A110M 097754 63STP4A-4121A024L024M 100026 63STP4A-4121A024M 093159 63STP4A-4121A024MC1993 100322 67STP4A-4121A024SR11 099301 64STP4A-4121A110M 094793 63STP4A-4121A230M 094794 63STP4A-4131A024M 093158 63STP4A-4131A230M 104153 63STP4A-4141A024M 099314 63STP4A-537A024M 092259 63Switch bracket NM 077245 108Switch bracket NP 073538 109Switch bracket TP 073539 109Switch bracket TP-GFK 096613 114SWLF4-5000P 035618 99TK1-4131AB024M 099686 84TK1-4131CB024M 099687 85TK1-528AB024M 094652 84TK1-528CB024M 094192 85TK1-528CB230M 100016 85TK2-4131AB024M 099690 84TK2-4131CB024M 099691 85
173
Item Index
Item Order No. Page Item Order No. PageTP1-4131A024M 084115 44TP1-4131A024SR11 088202 45TP1-4131A110M 084116 44TP1-4131A230M 084117 44TP1-4131K024M 084150 46TP1-4131K024SR11 088217 47TP1-4131K110M 084254 46TP1-4131K230M 084255 46TP1-528A024L024M 094058 44TP1-528A024M 084295 44TP1-528A024SR6 087431 45TP1-528A110M 084300 44TP1-528A110SR6 087435 45TP1-528A230M 084304 44TP1-528A230SR6 087438 45TP1-528K024M 084342 46TP1-528K024SR6 088210 47TP1-538A024L024M 093459 44TP1-538A024M 084310 44TP1-538A024SR6 087433 45TP1-538A110M 084315 44TP1-538A110SR6 087436 45TP1-538A230M 084320 44TP1-538A230SR6 087439 45TP1-538K024M 084343 46TP1-538K024SR6 088212 47TP2-2121A024M 096528 44TP2-4131A024M 084125 44TP2-4131A024SR11 088203 45TP2-4131A110M 084126 44TP2-4131A230M 084128 44TP2-4131K024M 084253 46TP2-4131K024SR11 088218 47TP2-528A024M 084325 44TP2-528A024SR6 087441 45TP2-528A110M 084330 44TP2-528A110SR6 087444 45TP2-528A230M 084332 44TP2-528A230SR6 087448 45TP2-528K024M 084344 46TP2-528K024SR6 088214 47TP2-538A024M 084333 44TP2-538A024SR6 087442 45TP2-538A110M 084334 44TP2-538A110SR6 087446 45TP2-538A230M 084335 44TP2-538A230SR6 087449 45TP2-538K024M 084346 46TP2-538K024SR6 088215 47TP3-2131A024L024M 093634 50TP3-2131A024M 084142 48TP3-2131A024M-EX 093791 48TP3-2131A024MC1743 084285 57TP3-2131A024MC1761 084290 48TP3-2131A024MC1787 084289 50TP3-2131A024MC1993 087400 57TP3-2131A024RC18C1993ETX2 105546 59TP3-2131A024SR11 088205 53TP3-2131A024SR11C1743 097897 57TP3-2131A110M 084143 48TP3-2131A230M 084144 48TP3-2131K024M 084264 54TP3-2131K024SR11 088220 55
TP3-2131K230M 084265 54TP3-4121A024BHA12ETX1A 105388 58TP3-4121A024L024M 093636 50TP3-4121A024M 084135 48TP3-4121A024MC1743 087427 57TP3-4121A024MC1787 084158 50TP3-4121A024SR11 088206 53TP3-4121A110M 084137 48TP3-4121A230M 084138 48TP3-4121K024M 084260 54TP3-4121K024M-EX 094152 54TP3-4121K024SR11 088221 55TP3-4121K110M 084261 54TP3-4121K230M 084262 54TP3-4131A024L024M 098403 50TP3-4131A024M 084129 48TP3-4131A024MC1993 106155 57TP3-4131A024SR11 088204 53TP3-4131A110M 084130 48TP3-4131A230M 084131 48TP3-4131K024M 084256 54TP3-4131K024SR11 088219 55TP3-4131K110M 084257 54TP3-4131K230M 084258 54TP3-4141A024M 084270 48TP3-4141A024MC1743 086165 57TP3-4141A024RC18EXT1 103339 58TP3-4141A024SM8C1992 087377 52TP3-4141A024SR11 088922 53TP3-4141A110M 088264 48TP3-4141K024M 100684 54TP3-537A024L024M 093460 50TP3-537A024M 084336 48TP3-537A024SR6 087434 52TP3-537A110M 084337 48TP3-537A110SR6 087437 52TP3-537A230M 084338 48TP3-537A230SR6 087440 52TP3-537K024M 084347 54TP3-537K024SR6 088213 55TP4-2131A024L024M 093635 51TP4-2131A024M 084145 49TP4-2131A024M-EX 093793 49TP4-2131A024MC1787 084159 51TP4-2131A024SR11 088208 53TP4-2131A110M 084147 49TP4-2131A230M 084148 49TP4-2131K024M 084266 54TP4-2131K024SR11 088223 55TP4-4121A024L024M 093637 51TP4-4121A024M 084139 49TP4-4121A024MC1787 084160 51TP4-4121A024SR11 088209 53TP4-4121A110M 084140 49TP4-4121A230M 084141 49TP4-4121K024M 084263 54TP4-4121K024SR11 088224 55TP4-4121K110M 084380 54TP4-4131A024M 084132 49TP4-4131A024SR11 088207 53TP4-4131A110M 084133 49TP4-4131A230M 084134 49TP4-4131K024M 084259 54
174
Item Index
Item Order No. Page Item Order No. PageTP4-4131K024SR11 088222 55TP4-4141A024M 084275 49TP4-4141A024SM8C1992 087378 52TP4-4141A024SR11 088923 53TP4-4141K024M 096296 54TP4-4141K024SR11 088230 55TP4-537A024M 084339 49TP4-537A024SR6 087443 52TP4-537A110M 084340 49TP4-537A110SR6 087447 52TP4-537A230M 084341 49TP4-537A230SR6 087450 52TP4-537K024M 084348 54TP4-537K024SR6 088216 55TP4-537K110M 084349 54TP5-4120A024L024SR11 094902 56TP5-4120A024M 084279 56TP5-4120A024SR11 094895 56TP5-4120A230M 088241 56TP6-4120A024M 084280 56TP6-4120A024SR11 096204 56Triangular key 103057 106
175
Item Index
Order No. Item Page Order No. Item Page
Index by order number
013176 SR6EF 100013178 SR6K 100024999 SR6WF 100035613 SGLF4-5000P 99035618 SWLF4-5000P 99054773 SR11WF 100059226 ACTUATOR-P-G 90059227 ACTUATOR-P-W 90059440 HINGED ACTUATOR-P-LR 92059445 NP2-618AS 27059446 NP2-618AB 29059447 NP2-628AS 27059448 NP2-628AB 29059449 NP2-638AS 27059450 NP2-638AB 29070038 ACTUATOR-P-WT 91070046 ACTUATOR-P-GT 91070050 HINGED ACTUATOR-P-OU 92070859 SR11EF 100071260 SRF 100071261 SRM 100073455 M5x10/V100 107073457 M5x25/V100 107073535 Bolt 0 NP/TP 109073536 Bolt 1 NP/TP 109073538 Switch bracket NP 109073539 Switch bracket TP 109074063 M4x14/V100 107074076 ACTUATOR-M-G 88074077 ACTUATOR-M-W 88074078 ACTUATOR-M-GT 88074079 ACTUATOR-M-GQ 88074080 ACTUATOR-M-WT 88074128 ACTUATOR-M-GS 89074129 ACTUATOR-M-WS 89074130 ACTUATOR-M-GTS 89074570 ACTUATOR-P-GN 90074571 ACTUATOR-P-WN 90074572 HINGED ACTUATOR-P-OUN 93074573 HINGED ACTUATOR-P-LRN 93074576 ACTUATOR-P-GNT 91074577 ACTUATOR-P-WNT 91074578 Adapter NP-K 97075532 PL3x30/V100 107076501 Latch spring NP/TP 105076755 PL3x38/V100 107077014 RC18EF6M-C1825 102077015 RC18EF8M-C1825 102077016 RC18EF15M-C1825 102077025 RC18EF-C1828 101077026 RC18WF-C1825 101077233 Bolt NM 108077245 Switch bracket NM 108077629 SR11EF-5000 100077630 SR11EF-10000 100077631 SR11EF-15000 100077632 SR6EF-5000 100077633 SR6EF-10000 100077634 SR6EF-15000 100077635 SR11WF-5000 100077636 SR11WF-10000 100077637 SR11WF-15000 100077638 SR6WF-5000 100
077639 SR6WF-10000 100077640 SR6WF-15000 100079117 NM01AL-M 18079118 NM11AL-M 18079119 NM02AL-M 18079120 NM12AL-M 18079121 NM03AL-M 18082237 PL3x30/V100 107082276 NP1-648AB-M 28082280 NP1-648AS-M 26083565 Insertion funnel M 97083680 NP1-618AB-M 28083685 NP1-618AS-M 26083686 NP1-628AB-M 28083688 NP1-628AS-M 26083690 NP1-638AB-M 28083691 NP1-638AS-M 26084115 TP1-4131A024M 44084116 TP1-4131A110M 44084117 TP1-4131A230M 44084125 TP2-4131A024M 44084126 TP2-4131A110M 44084128 TP2-4131A230M 44084129 TP3-4131A024M 48084130 TP3-4131A110M 48084131 TP3-4131A230M 48084132 TP4-4131A024M 49084133 TP4-4131A110M 49084134 TP4-4131A230M 49084135 TP3-4121A024M 48084137 TP3-4121A110M 48084138 TP3-4121A230M 48084139 TP4-4121A024M 49084140 TP4-4121A110M 49084141 TP4-4121A230M 49084142 TP3-2131A024M 48084143 TP3-2131A110M 48084144 TP3-2131A230M 48084145 TP4-2131A024M 49084147 TP4-2131A110M 49084148 TP4-2131A230M 49084150 TP1-4131K024M 46084158 TP3-4121A024MC1787 50084159 TP4-2131A024MC1787 51084160 TP4-4121A024MC1787 51084177 Lock TP 105084253 TP2-4131K024M 46084254 TP1-4131K110M 46084255 TP1-4131K230M 46084256 TP3-4131K024M 54084257 TP3-4131K110M 54084258 TP3-4131K230M 54084259 TP4-4131K024M 54084260 TP3-4121K024M 54084261 TP3-4121K110M 54084262 TP3-4121K230M 54084263 TP4-4121K024M 54084264 TP3-2131K024M 54084265 TP3-2131K230M 54084266 TP4-2131K024M 54084270 TP3-4141A024M 48084275 TP4-4141A024M 49084279 TP5-4120A024M 56
176
Item Index
Order No. Item Page Order No. Item Page084280 TP6-4120A024M 56084285 TP3-2131A024MC1743 57084289 TP3-2131A024MC1787 50084290 TP3-2131A024MC1761 48084295 TP1-528A024M 44084300 TP1-528A110M 44084304 TP1-528A230M 44084310 TP1-538A024M 44084315 TP1-538A110M 44084320 TP1-538A230M 44084325 TP2-528A024M 44084330 TP2-528A110M 44084332 TP2-528A230M 44084333 TP2-538A024M 44084334 TP2-538A110M 44084335 TP2-538A230M 44084336 TP3-537A024M 48084337 TP3-537A110M 48084338 TP3-537A230M 48084339 TP4-537A024M 49084340 TP4-537A110M 49084341 TP4-537A230M 49084342 TP1-528K024M 46084343 TP1-538K024M 46084344 TP2-528K024M 46084346 TP2-538K024M 46084347 TP3-537K024M 54084348 TP4-537K024M 54084349 TP4-537K110M 54084380 TP4-4121K110M 54084400 NP3-638AS 27084430 Bolt TP-A 110084432 Bolt TP-C 110084451 NM01VZA-M 22084452 NM11VZA-M 22084453 NM02VZA-M 22084454 NM12VZA-M 22084455 NM03VZA-M 22084495 NM01WOK-M 14084496 NM11WOK-M 14084497 NM02WOK-M 14084498 NM12WOK-M 14084499 NM03WOK-M 14084515 NM01RBA-M 15084516 NM11RBA-M 15084517 NM02RBA-M 15084518 NM12RBA-M 15084519 NM03RBA-M 15084522 NM01KBA-M 16084523 NM11KBA-M 16084524 NM02KBA-M 16084525 NM12KBA-M 16084526 NM03KBA-M 16084527 NM01HBA-M 17084528 NM11HBA-M 17084529 NM02HBA-M 17084530 NM12HBA-M 17084531 NM03HBA-M 17084545 NM01AV-M 18084546 NM11AV-M 18084547 NM02AV-M 18084548 NM12AV-M 18084549 NM03AV-M 18
084553 NM01AG-M 19084554 NM11AG-M 19084555 NM02AG-M 19084556 NM12AG-M 19084557 NM03AG-M 19084559 NM01AK-M 20084560 NM11AK-M 20084561 NM02AK-M 20084562 NM12AK-M 20084563 NM03AK-M 20084564 NM02VZA-SM4 23084565 NM02AG-SM4 19084572 EKPM16/05 104085576 PL3x26/V100 107085577 PL3x8/V100 107085626 NM11VZA-SM4 23085753 EMP-SC 99086165 TP3-4141A024MC1743 57086186 Bolt TP-AF 110086188 Bolt TP-CF 110086232 M4x14/V100 107086233 EKPM20/06 104086236 Lock TP 105086237 Insertion funnel NP/GP/TP 97087180 SR6AM2-M20 100087377 TP3-4141A024SM8C1992 52087378 TP4-4141A024SM8C1992 52087400 TP3-2131A024MC1993 57087423 LED M20x1,5 104/156087427 TP3-4121A024MC1743 57087431 TP1-528A024SR6 45087433 TP1-538A024SR6 45087434 TP3-537A024SR6 52087435 TP1-528A110SR6 45087436 TP1-538A110SR6 45087437 TP3-537A110SR6 52087438 TP1-528A230SR6 45087439 TP1-538A230SR6 45087440 TP3-537A230SR6 52087441 TP2-528A024SR6 45087442 TP2-538A024SR6 45087443 TP4-537A024SR6 52087444 TP2-528A110SR6 45087446 TP2-538A110SR6 45087447 TP4-537A110SR6 52087448 TP2-528A230SR6 45087449 TP2-538A230SR6 45087450 TP4-537A230SR6 52088202 TP1-4131A024SR11 45088203 TP2-4131A024SR11 45088204 TP3-4131A024SR11 53088205 TP3-2131A024SR11 53088206 TP3-4121A024SR11 53088207 TP4-4131A024SR11 53088208 TP4-2131A024SR11 53088209 TP4-4121A024SR11 53088210 TP1-528K024SR6 47088212 TP1-538K024SR6 47088213 TP3-537K024SR6 55088214 TP2-528K024SR6 47088215 TP2-538K024SR6 47088216 TP4-537K024SR6 55088217 TP1-4131K024SR11 47
177
Item Index
Order No. Item Page Order No. Item Page088218 TP2-4131K024SR11 47088219 TP3-4131K024SR11 55088220 TP3-2131K024SR11 55088221 TP3-4121K024SR11 55088222 TP4-4131K024SR11 55088223 TP4-2131K024SR11 55088224 TP4-4121K024SR11 55088230 TP4-4141K024SR11 55088241 TP5-4120A230M 56088264 TP3-4141A110M 48088882 RPS3131SC100M 153088883 RPS3131SC175M 153088884 RPS3131SC300M 153088885 RPS3131PC100M 153088886 RPS3131PC175M 153088887 RPS3131PC300M 153088888 RPS3131PR100M 152088889 RPS3131PR175M 152088890 RPS3131PR300M 152088922 TP3-4141A024SR11 53088923 TP4-4141A024SR11 53088924 NP2-648AS 27089725 GP1-528A-M 32090250 GP1-538A-M 32090252 GP1-2121A-M 32090255 GP1-2131A-M 32090258 GP1-3131A-M 32091296 SR11AM2-M20 100091491 STP1A-4131A024M 66091492 STP2A-4131A024M 66091493 STP3A-2131A024M 62091494 STP4A-2131A024M 63091746 STP1A-4131A024L024M 66091747 STP2A-4131A024L024M 66091748 STP3A-2131A024L024M 62091749 STP4A-2131A024L024M 63091776 STP3A-4131A024M 62091865 STM1N-222B024-M 82092031 STM1N-242B024-M 82092048 STM2N-222B024-M 82092050 STM2N-242B024-M 82092136 RPS-W-100/175 156092138 RPS-W-300 156092258 STP1A-538A024M 66092259 STP4A-537A024M 63092260 STP2A-538A024M 66092266 STP1A-528A024M 66092489 STP1D-538A024L024M 66092490 STP2A-538A024L024M 66092495 RPS-O-8-50/V5 155092496 RPS-RS/V5 155092498 RPS-B-6-60/V5 155092500 RPS-B-6-110 155092501 RPS-PS/V5 155092726 RC18EF20M-C1825 102092727 RC18EF25M-C1825 102092761 RC18EF1,5M-C1825 102092813 RPS-I-3-4/50m 156092814 RPS-I-3-4/100m 156092883 RC18EF1,5MF-C1825 102092884 RC18EF3MF-C1825 102092885 RC18EF6MF-C1825 102092886 RC18EF8MF-C1825 102
092887 RC18EF10MF-C1825 102092888 RC18EF15MF-C1825 102092889 RC18EF20MF-C1825 102092890 RC18EF25MF-C1825 102092893 RC18WF3MLF-C1825 102092898 RC18EF10M-C1825 102093157 Insertion funnel STP/STM 97093158 STP4A-4131A024M 63093159 STP4A-4121A024M 63093246 NM02AL-SM4 18093456 EMP-SB 98093457 EMP-B1 98093458 EMP-B2 98093459 TP1-538A024L024M 44093460 TP3-537A024L024M 50093634 TP3-2131A024L024M 50093635 TP4-2131A024L024M 51093636 TP3-4121A024L024M 50093637 TP4-4121A024L024M 51093752 LED set TP 104093791 TP3-2131A024M-EX 48093793 TP4-2131A024M-EX 49093794 STP3A-2131A024M-EX 64093795 STP4A-2131A024M-EX 64094058 TP1-528A024L024M 44094083 RPS131SC100BHA10LL024 154094084 RPS131SC100BHA10RL024 154094085 RPS131SC175BHA10LL024 154094086 RPS131SC175BHA10RL024 154094087 RPS131SC300BHA10LL024 154094088 RPS131SC300BHA10RL024 154094152 TP3-4121K024M-EX 54094192 TK1-528CB024M 85094310 Stift-Crimpkontakt RCM-C1825 101094430 RPS2131SC100M 153094431 RPS2131SC175M 153094432 RPS2131SC300M 153094470 NM02VZA-MC2069 22094471 NM11VZA-MC2069 22094509 NP3-638AB 29094652 TK1-528AB024M 84094749 SR11EF-25000 100094792 STP3A-4121A230M 62094793 STP4A-4121A110M 63094794 STP4A-4121A230M 63094849 RPS2131PR100M 152094850 RPS2131PR175M 152094851 RPS2131PR300M 152094852 RPS2131PC100M 153094853 RPS2131PC175M 153094854 RPS2131PC300M 153094895 TP5-4120A024SR11 56094902 TP5-4120A024L024SR11 56095315 HINGED ACTUATOR-S-OU-SN 95095360 NM02AG-MC2069 19095361 NM11AG-MC2069 19095362 NM02AK-MC2069 20095363 NM11AK-MC2069 20095364 NM02AL-MC2069 18095365 NM11AL-MC2069 18095366 NM02AV-MC2069 18095367 NM11AV-MC2069 18095368 NM02HBA-MC2069 17
178
Item Index
Order No. Item Page Order No. Item Page095369 NM11HBA-MC2069 17095370 NM02KBA-MC2069 16095371 NM11KBA-MC2069 16095372 NM02RBA-MC2069 15095373 NM11RBA-MC2069 15095374 NM02WOK-MC2069 14095375 NM11WOK-MC2069 14095396 STM1A-222B024-M 82095397 STM1A-242B024-M 82095398 STM2A-222B024-M 82095399 STM2A-242B024-M 82095510 LED-FM 20x1,5 104/156095702 GP1-2131A-M-EX 32095738 ACTUATOR -GT-SN 94095739 ACTUATOR -GT-LN 94095740 ACTUATOR -WQ-SN 94095741 ACTUATOR -WQ-LN 94096105 Lockout bar 105096204 TP6-4120A024SR11 56096227 GP2-2131ASR11 33096230 BW-TP-C-2000 107096251 RPS-P/V1 155096296 TP4-4141K024M 54096318 STP3A-4121A024SR11 64096384 Bolt S-A 112096385 Bolt S-C 112096390 Bolt S-AF 112096391 Bolt S-CF 112096439 STA1A-4131A024M 78096528 TP2-2121A024M 44096613 Switch bracket TP-GFK 114096616 Bolt TP-GFK 114096697 HINGED ACTUATOR-S-OU-LN 96096838 HINGED ACTUATOR-S-LR-SN 95096844 HINGED ACTUATOR-S-LR-LN 96096885 STP3A-4121A024MC1993 67096890 STP3A-4121A024M 62096935 STA2A-4131A024M 78096936 STA3A-4121A024M 76096937 STA4A-4121A024M 76096938 STA3A-2131A024M 76096939 STA4A-2131A024M 76097210 STP3D-537A024L024M 62097565 STP4A-2131A024SR11 64097602 Bolt TP-GFK-F 114097626 STP3A-4121A024M-EX 64097705 SGP1E-2121A-M 36097706 SGP1E-2131A-M 36097707 SGP1E-3131A-M 36097754 STP4A-2131A110M 63097861 ACTUATOR -G-SN-C2115 94097891 STP3D-4141A024M 62097897 TP3-2131A024SR11C1743 57097952 BW-STP-C-2000 107098035 LED set STP 104098036 STM1A-222B230-M 82098121 Bolt STP-GFK 114098313 BW-TP-C-3000 107098314 BW-TP-C-4000 107098403 TP3-4131A024L024M 50098714 STM1N-222B230-M 82098827 STP-TW-3A-2131AC024M-S1 61098827 STP-TW-3A-2131AC024M-S1 72
099069 STP3A-2131A024SR11 64099084 SGP2E-2131ASR11 37099272 STP3A-4141A024M 62099274 STA3A-4141A024M 76099301 STP4A-4121A024SR11 64099314 STP4A-4141A024M 63099326 STP3A-2131A110M 62099412 STP3D-4141A024L024M 62099434 Replacement key for idnetical TP 105099480 STA3A-4131A024M 76099481 STA4A-4131A024M 76099644 STP3A-2131A024L024RC18 65099658 STA3A-2131A024L024RC18 77099686 TK1-4131AB024M 84099687 TK1-4131CB024M 85099690 TK2-4131AB024M 84099691 TK2-4131CB024M 85099795 BW handle 107099855 STP2A-528A024M 66099876 Emergency unlocking STA 106099877 Emergency unlocking TP/STP 106099973 STP-TW-3A-2131AC024M 72100016 TK1-528CB230M 85100026 STP4A-4121A024L024M 63100029 STA3A-4141A024RC18 77100105 STP-BI-3A-2131A024SR11 71100223 STP3A-2131A024SR11C1993 67100322 STP4A-4121A024MC1993 67100684 TP3-4141K024M 54100746 STP-TW-3A-4141AC024M 72100809 SGP-TW-1E-2131AC-M 38100849 STP-TW-4A-2131AC024M 73100850 STP-TW-4A-2131AC024M-S1 73100898 STA3A-4141A024L024M 76102267 STP3A-2131A024MC1993 67102565 STP-TW-4A-2131AC024SR11 73103048 STP-TW-3A-4141AC024L024M 72103057 Triangular key 106103110 Emergency unlocking automatic reset TP/STP 106103339 TP3-4141A024RC18EXT1 58103636 STP-TW-4A-4141AC024L024M 73103660 STA3A-2131A024MC1993 79103725 SGA1A-2121A-M 40103910 STP-TW-4A-4131AC024M 73103926 STA4A-2131A024L024M 76103994 STP3A-4131A024SR11 64104012 SGA2A-2121ARC18-ETX5 42104022 SGP2E-538ASR6 37104153 STP4A-4131A230M 63104171 STA3A-2131A230M 76104995 STP3A-4141A024RC18EXT1 69105303 STA4A-2131A024L024RC18 77105304 STA3A-4121A024SR11 77105329 FE-Griff 106105388 TP3-4121A024BHA12ETX1A 58105546 TP3-2131A024RC18C1993ETX2 59105617 STA-TW-3A-2131AC024M 80105888 STA-TW-3A-2131AC024M-S1 80105972 STP3A-2131A230M 62106153 STP-TW-3A-4131AC024M 72106155 TP3-4131A024MC1993 57106284 Bolt BTC-ST/G-S-TH-00-X 113106285 Bolt BTC-ST/G-S-TH-01-F 113
179
Item Index
Item Order No. Page Item Order No. Page106301 Bolt BTC-T/GP-S-TH-00-X 111106302 Bolt BTC-T/GP-S-TH-01-F 111106307 SGA1A-2131A-M 40106379 STA-TW-3A-4121AC024L024M 80106535 STA3A-4121A024L024M 76106545 STA-TW-3A-4121AC024M 80106547 STP-TW-3A-2131AC024SR11 73106622 STA4A-2131A024L027RC18C1826 77106736 SGA2E-2131ASR11 41106767 STP1A-528A024RC18EXT1 68109172 STA4-4141A024M 76109212 Lock TP identical locking C2293 105109399 STP3A-4141A024RC18C1993EXT4 70110301 C-M23F19-PU01,5-MA-110301 102110302 C-M23F19-PU03,0-MA-110302 102110303 C-M23F19-PU06,0-MA-110303 102110304 C-M23F19-PU10,0-MA-110304 102110305 C-M23F19-PU15,0-MA-110305 102110306 C-M23F19-PU20,0-MA-110306 102110307 C-M23F19-PU25,0-MA-110307 102
For Your Notes
180
For Your Notes
181
182
MexicoSEPIA S.A. de C.V.Maricopa # 10302, Col. Napoles.Del. Benito Juarez03810 Mexico D.F.Tel. +52-55-5536-7787Fax [email protected]
PolandELTRONPl. Wolnosci 7B50-071 WroclawTel. +48-71-3439-755Fax [email protected]
Republic of South AfricaRUBICON ELECTRICAL DISTRIBUTORS4 Reith Street, Sidwell6061 Port ElizabethTel. +27-41-451-4359Fax [email protected]
RomaniaFirst Electric SRL5, Luterana StreetApp. 27, Sector 1010161 BucharestTel. +40-21-31231-39Fax [email protected]
SingaporeSentronics Automation & Marketing Pte Ltd.Blk 3, Ang Mo Kio Industrial Park 2A#05-06Singapore 568050Tel. +65-6744-8018Fax [email protected]
SlovakiaEUCHNER electric s.r.o.Videnská 134/10261900 BrnoTel. +420-533-443-150Fax [email protected]
SloveniaSMM proizvodni sistemi d.o.o.Jaskova 182000 MariborTel. +386-2450-2326Fax [email protected]
SpainEUCHNER, S.L.Gurutzegi 12 - Local 1Polígono Belartza20018 San SebastianTel. +34-943-316-760Fax [email protected]
SwedenCensit ABBox 33133123 VärnamoTel. +46-370-6910-10Fax [email protected]
IntIntIntIntInternernernernernationationationationationalalalalal R R R R Repreprepreprepreeeeesentsentsentsentsentativativativativativeeeeesssss
AustraliaMicromax Sensors & AutomationUnit 2, 106-110 Beaconsfield StreetSilverwater, NSW 2128Tel. +61-2-8748-2800Fax [email protected]
AustriaEUCHNER GmbHSüddruckgasse 42512 TribuswinkelTel. +43-2252-421-91Fax [email protected]
BeneluxEUCHNER (BENELUX) BVVisschersbuurt 233356 AE PapendrechtTel. +31-78-6154-766Fax [email protected]
BrazilEUCHNER LtdaAv. Prof. Luiz Ignácio Anhaia Mello,no. 4387S. LucasSão Paulo - SP - BrasilCEP 03295-000Tel. +55-11-2918-2200Fax [email protected]
CanadaIAC & Associates Inc.2180 Fasan DriveUnit AOldcastle, OntarioN0R 1L0Tel. +1-519-737-0311Fax [email protected]
ChinaEUCHNER (Shanghai) Trading Co., Ltd.No. 8 Workshop A, Hi-Tech Zone503 Meinengda Road Songjiang201613 ShanghaiTel. +86-21-5774-7090Fax [email protected]
Czech RepublicEUCHNER electric s.r.o.Videnská 134/10261900 BrnoTel. +420-533-443-150Fax [email protected]
DenmarkDuelco A/SSystemvej 89200 Aalborg SVTel. +45-7010-1007Fax [email protected]
FinlandSähkölehto OyHolkkitie 1400880 HelsinkiTel. +358-9-774-6420Fax [email protected]
FranceEUCHNER France S.A.R.L.Parc d'Affaires des BellevuesAllée Rosa LuxembourgBâtiment le Colorado95610 ERAGNY sur OISETel. +33-1-3909-9090Fax [email protected]
Hong KongImperial Engineers & Equipment Co. Ltd.Unit B 12/F Cheung Lee Industrial Building9 Cheung Lee Street Chai WanHong KongTel. +852-2889-0292Fax [email protected]
HungaryEUCHNER Ges.mbHMagyarországi Fióktelep2045 TörökbálintFSD Park 2.Tel. +36-2342-8374Fax [email protected]
IndiaEUCHNER (India) Pvt. Ltd.401, Pinewood Residency,Behind Bremen Business Center,Opp. Aundh Masjid, Ganesh Khind RoadAundh Gaon – Pune - 411007Tel. +91-20-6401-6384Fax +91-20-2588-5148Mobile +91-8600121112
IsraelIlan & Gavish Automation Service Ltd.26 Shenkar St. Qiryat Arie 49513P.O. Box 10118Petach Tikva 49001Tel. +972-3-922-1824Fax [email protected]
ItalyTRITECNICA S.r.l.Viale Lazio 2620135 MilanoTel. +39-02-5419-41Fax [email protected]
JapanEUCHNER Represenstative Office Japan8-20-24 KamitsurumahonchoMinami-ku, Sagamihara-shiKanagawa 252-0318Tel. +81-42-812-7767Fax [email protected]
Solton Co. Ltd.2-13-7, Shin-YokohamaKohoku-ku, YokohamaJapan 222-0033Tel. +81-45-471-7711Fax [email protected]
KoreaEUCHNER Korea Co., Ltd.RM 810 Daerung Technotown 3rd#448 Gasang-DongGumcheon-gu, SeoulTel. +82-2-2107-3500Fax [email protected]
SwitzerlandEUCHNER AGGrofstrasse 178887 MelsTel. +41-81-720-4590Fax [email protected]
TaiwanDaybreak Int'l (Taiwan) Corp.3F, No. 124, Chung-Cheng RoadShihlin 11145, TaipeiTel. +886-2-8866-1234Fax [email protected]
TurkeyEntek Otomasyon Urunleri San.ve Tic.Ltd.Sti.Perpa Tic.Mer. B BlokKat: 11 No:1622 - 162334384 Okmeydani / IstanbulTel. +90-212-320-2000 / 01Fax [email protected]
United KingdomEUCHNER (UK) Ltd.Unit 2 Petre Drive,SheffieldSouth YorkshireS4 7PZTel. +44-114-256-0123Fax [email protected]
USAEUCHNER USA Inc.6723 Lyons StreetEast Syracuse, NY 13057Tel. +1-315-7010-315Fax [email protected]
EUCHNER USA Inc.Detroit Office130 Hampton CircleRochester Hills, MI 48307Tel. +1-248-537-1092Fax [email protected]
´´
ˆ
ˆ
Adressen_Grau_DT_EN_FR_IT_SP.pmd 08.09.2011, 18:00182
18308/1
1
wwwwwwwwwwwwwww.....euceuceuceuceuchnerhnerhnerhnerhner.....cccccomomomomom
HeHeHeHeHeaaaaad officd officd officd officd officeeeee
EUCHNER GmbH + Co. KGKohlhammerstraße 1670771 Leinfelden-EchterdingenGermanyTel. +49-(0)711-7597-0Fax +49-(0)[email protected]
More than safety. More than safety. Morethan safety. More than safety. More than safety. More than safety. More than safetMore than safety. More than safety. Morethan safety. More than safety. More than safety. More than safety. More than safetMore than safety. More than safety. Morethan safety. More than safety. More than safety. More than safety. More than safetMore than safety. More than safety. Morethan safety. More than safety. More than safety. More than safety. More than safetMore than safety. More than safety. Morethan safety. More than safety. More than safety. More than safety. More than safetMore than safety. More than safety. Morethan safety. More than safety. More than safety. More than safety. More than safetMore than safety. More than safety. Morethan safety. More than safety. More than safety. More than safety. More than safetMore than safety. More than safety. Morethan safety. More than safety. More than safety. More than safety. More than safetMore than safety. More than safety. Morethan safety. More than safety. More than safety. More than safety. More than safetMore than safety. More than safety. Morethan safety. More than safety. More than safety. More than safety. More than safetMore than safety. More than safety. Morethan safety. More than safety. More than safety. More than safety. More than safetMore than safety. More than safety. Morethan safety. More than safety. More than safety. More than safety. More than safetMore than safety. More than safety. Morethan safety. More than safety. More than safety. More than safety. More than safetMore than safety. More than safety. Morethan safety. More than safety. More than safety. More than safety. More than safetMore than safety. More than safety. Morethan safety. More than safety. More than safety. More than safety. More than safetMore than safety. More than safety. More
More than safety.than safety. Moresafety. More thanMore than safety.than safety. Moresafety. More thanMore than safety.than safety. Moresafety. More thanMore than safety.than safety. Moresafety. More thanMore than safety.than safety. Moresafety. More thanMore than safety.than safety. Moresafety. More thanMore than safety.than safety. Moresafety. More thanMore than safety.than safety. Moresafety. More thanMore than safety.than safety. Moresafety. More thanMore than safety.than safety. Moresafety. More thanMore than safety.than safety. Moresafety. More thanMore than safety.than safety. Moresafety. More thanMore than safety.than safety. Moresafety. More thanMore than safety.than safety. Moresafety. More thanMore than safety.than safety. Moresafety. More thanMore than safety.
Automation
Safety
ManMachine
Adressen_Grau_DT_EN_FR_IT_SP.pmd 08.09.2011, 18:00183
More than safety. More than safety.
096
956-
08-0
8/11
Sub
ject
to te
chni
cal m
odifi
catio
ns w
ithou
t not
ice,
no
liabi
lity
will
be a
ssum
ed fo
r any
det
ail.
© E
UCH
NER
Gm
bH +
Co.
KG
· TA
EUCHNER GmbH + Co. KGKohlhammerstraße 16
70771 Leinfelden-Echterdingen
Germany
Tel. +49-(0)711-7597- 0
Fax +49-(0)711-753316
www.euchner.com
Safety Switches with Plastic Housing